MAX24705EXG2 [MICROSEMI]

ATM/SONET/SDH IC,;
MAX24705EXG2
型号: MAX24705EXG2
厂家: Microsemi    Microsemi
描述:

ATM/SONET/SDH IC,

时钟 ATM 异步传输模式 外围集成电路 晶体
文件: 总121页 (文件大小:1606K)
中文:  中文翻译
下载:  下载PDF数据表文档文件
Data Sheet  
April 2019  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5- or 10-Output Any-to-Any Line Card Timing ICs  
with Internal EEPROM  
General Description  
Features  
Input Clocks  
The MAX24705 and MAX24710 are flexible, high-  
performance timing and clock synthesizer ICs that  
include a DPLL and two independent APLLs. When  
locked to one of two input clock signals, the device  
performs any-to-any frequency conversion. From any  
input clock frequency 2kHz to 750MHz the device can  
produce frequency-locked APLL output frequencies up  
to 750MHz and as many as 10 output clock signals that  
are integer divisors of the APLL frequencies. Input jitter  
can be attenuated by an internal low-bandwidth DPLL.  
The DPLL also provides truly hitless switching between  
input clocks and a high-resolution holdover capability.  
Input switching can be manual or automatic. Using only  
a low-cost crystal or oscillator, the device can also serve  
as a frequency synthesizer IC. O Output jitter is typically  
0.18 to 0.3ps RMS for an APLL-only integer multiply  
and 0.25 to 0.4ps RMS for APLL-only fractional multiply  
or DPLL+APLL operation.  
One Crystal Input  
Two Differential or CMOS/TTL Inputs  
Differential to 750MHz, CMOS/TTL to 160MHz  
Continuous Input Clock Quality Monitoring  
Automatic or Manual Clock Selection  
Hitless Reference Switching on Loss of Input  
Low-Bandwidth DPLL  
Programmable Bandwidth, 4Hz to 400Hz  
Attenuates Jitter up to Several UI  
Free-Run or Holdover on Loss of All Inputs  
Hitless Reference Switching on Loss of Input  
Manual Phase Adjustment  
Two APLLs Plus 5 or 10 Output Clocks  
For telecom systems, the device has all required  
features and functions to serve as a line card timing IC.  
APLLs Perform High Resolution Fractional-N  
Clock Multiplication  
Any Output Frequency from <1Hz to 750MHz  
Each Output Has an Independent Divider  
Applications  
Frequency Conversion and Synthesis Applications in a  
Wide Variety of Equipment Types  
Output Jitter Typically 0.18 to 0.3ps RMS for  
APLL-Only Integer Multiply and 0.25 to 0.4ps  
RMS for Other Modes (12kHz to 20MHz)  
Telecom Line Cards for SONET/SDH, Synchronous  
Ethernet and Similar Applications  
Outputs are CML or 2xCMOS, Can Interface to  
LVDS, LVPECL, HSTL, SSTL and HCSL  
CMOS Output Voltage from 1.5V to 3.3V  
Ordering Information  
TEMP  
PIN-  
General Features  
PART  
OUTPUTS  
RANGE  
PACKAGE  
Suitable Line Card IC for Stratum 2/3E/3/4E/4,  
SMC, SEC/EEC, or SSU  
MAX24705EXG2  
MAX24710EXG2  
5
-40 to +85  
-40 to +85  
81-CSBGA  
81-CSBGA  
10  
Automatic Self-Configuration at Power-Up  
from Internal EEPROM Memory  
Suffix 2 denotes a lead(Pb)-free/RoHS-compliant package.  
Uses External Crystal, Oscillator or Clock  
Signal As Master Clock  
Block Diagram appears on page 6.  
Register Map appears on page 39.  
Internal Compensation for Local Oscillator  
Frequency Error  
SPI Processor Interface  
1.8V + 3.3V Operation (5V Tolerant)  
-40C to +85C Operating Temp. Range  
10mm x 10mm CSBGA Package  
1
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table of Contents  
1.  
2.  
3.  
APPLICATION EXAMPLES.......................................................................................................... 6  
BLOCK DIAGRAM........................................................................................................................ 6  
DETAILED FEATURES................................................................................................................. 6  
3.1 INPUT BLOCK FEATURES............................................................................................................... 6  
3.2 DPLL FEATURES.......................................................................................................................... 7  
3.3 APLL FEATURES.......................................................................................................................... 7  
3.4 OUTPUT CLOCK FEATURES........................................................................................................... 7  
3.5 GENERAL FEATURES .................................................................................................................... 7  
4.  
5.  
PIN DESCRIPTIONS..................................................................................................................... 8  
FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION .....................................................................................................11  
5.1 DEVICE IDENTIFICATION AND PROTECTION....................................................................................11  
5.2 TOP-LEVEL CONFIGURATION........................................................................................................11  
5.2.1  
5.2.2  
APLL-Only Mode.................................................................................................................................. 11  
DPLL+APLL Mode ............................................................................................................................... 12  
5.3 LOCAL OSCILLATOR AND MASTER CLOCK CONFIGURATION............................................................14  
5.3.1  
5.3.1.1  
5.3.2  
5.3.3  
External Oscillator................................................................................................................................ 14  
Oscillator Characteristics to Minimize Output Jitter...................................................................... 14  
On-Chip Crystal Oscillator ................................................................................................................... 15  
Master Clock APLL Configuration........................................................................................................ 16  
5.4 INPUT SIGNAL FORMAT CONFIGURATION.......................................................................................17  
5.5 INPUT CLOCK DIVIDER, MONITOR AND SELECTOR .........................................................................17  
5.5.1  
5.5.2  
5.5.2.1  
5.5.2.2  
5.5.2.3  
5.5.2.4  
Input Clock Frequency Dividers, Scaling and Inversion ...................................................................... 18  
Input Clock Monitoring ......................................................................................................................... 18  
Frequency Monitoring................................................................................................................... 18  
Activity Monitoring......................................................................................................................... 19  
Selected Reference Fast Activity Monitoring................................................................................ 20  
External Monitoring....................................................................................................................... 20  
Input Clock Priority, Selection and Switching ...................................................................................... 20  
Priority Configuration .................................................................................................................... 20  
Automatic Selection...................................................................................................................... 21  
Forced Selection........................................................................................................................... 21  
Ultra-Fast Reference Switching.................................................................................................... 21  
External Reference Switching Mode ............................................................................................ 22  
Output Clock Phase Continuity During Reference Switching....................................................... 22  
5.5.3  
5.5.3.1  
5.5.3.2  
5.5.3.3  
5.5.3.4  
5.5.3.5  
5.5.3.6  
5.6 DPLL ARCHITECTURE AND CONFIGURATION .................................................................................22  
5.6.1  
5.6.1.1  
DPLL State Machine ............................................................................................................................ 22  
Free-Run State ............................................................................................................................. 23  
Prelocked State............................................................................................................................. 24  
Locked State................................................................................................................................. 24  
Loss-of-Lock State........................................................................................................................ 24  
Prelocked 2 State ......................................................................................................................... 25  
Holdover State .............................................................................................................................. 25  
Mini-Holdover................................................................................................................................ 25  
Bandwidth ............................................................................................................................................ 26  
Damping Factor.................................................................................................................................... 26  
Phase Detectors................................................................................................................................... 26  
Loss of Phase Lock Detection ............................................................................................................. 27  
Phase Monitor and Phase Build-Out.................................................................................................... 27  
Phase Monitor............................................................................................................................... 27  
Phase Build-Out in Response to Input Phase Transients ............................................................ 27  
Automatic Phase Build-Out in Response to Reference Switching ............................................... 28  
Manual Phase Build-Out Control .................................................................................................. 28  
2
5.6.1.2  
5.6.1.3  
5.6.1.4  
5.6.1.5  
5.6.1.6  
5.6.1.7  
5.6.2  
5.6.3  
5.6.4  
5.6.5  
5.6.6  
5.6.6.1  
5.6.6.2  
5.6.6.3  
5.6.6.4  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.6.7  
5.6.8  
5.6.9  
Manual Phase Adjustment................................................................................................................... 29  
Frequency and Phase Measurement................................................................................................... 29  
Input Wander and Jitter Tolerance....................................................................................................... 29  
5.6.10 Jitter and Wander Transfer .................................................................................................................. 29  
5.6.11 Output Jitter and Wander..................................................................................................................... 29  
5.6.12 ±160ppm Tracking Range Mode.......................................................................................................... 30  
5.7 APLL CONFIGURATION ................................................................................................................30  
5.7.1  
5.7.1.1  
5.7.1.2  
5.7.2  
Input Selection and Frequency ............................................................................................................ 30  
APLL-Only Mode .......................................................................................................................... 30  
DPLL+APLL Mode........................................................................................................................ 30  
Output Frequency ................................................................................................................................ 31  
5.8 OUTPUT CLOCK CONFIGURATION .................................................................................................32  
5.8.1  
5.8.2  
5.8.3  
Enable, Signal Format, Voltage and Interfacing .................................................................................. 32  
Frequency Configuration...................................................................................................................... 32  
Phase Adjustment................................................................................................................................ 33  
5.9 MICROPROCESSOR INTERFACE ....................................................................................................34  
5.10  
5.11  
5.12  
RESET LOGIC...........................................................................................................................36  
POWER-SUPPLY CONSIDERATIONS ...........................................................................................36  
INITIALIZATION AND EEPROM CONFIGURATION MEMORY...........................................................36  
6.  
REGISTER DESCRIPTIONS........................................................................................................37  
6.1 REGISTER TYPES ........................................................................................................................37  
6.1.1  
6.1.2  
6.1.3  
6.1.4  
6.1.5  
Status Bits............................................................................................................................................ 37  
Configuration Fields ............................................................................................................................. 37  
Bank-Switched Registers..................................................................................................................... 37  
Multiregister Fields............................................................................................................................... 37  
Input Clock Registers and DPLL Registers ......................................................................................... 38  
6.2 REGISTER MAP ...........................................................................................................................39  
6.3 REGISTER DEFINITIONS ...............................................................................................................41  
6.3.1  
6.3.2  
6.3.3  
6.3.4  
6.3.5  
6.3.6  
6.3.7  
Global Registers................................................................................................................................... 41  
GPIO Registers.................................................................................................................................... 46  
APLL Registers .................................................................................................................................... 49  
Output Clock Registers ........................................................................................................................ 55  
Input Clock Registers........................................................................................................................... 59  
DPLL Registers.................................................................................................................................... 70  
DPLL and Input Block Status Registers............................................................................................... 92  
7.  
JTAG AND BOUNDARY SCAN...................................................................................................96  
7.1 JTAG DESCRIPTION ....................................................................................................................96  
7.2 JTAG TAP CONTROLLER STATE MACHINE DESCRIPTION ..............................................................97  
7.3 JTAG INSTRUCTION REGISTER AND INSTRUCTIONS.......................................................................99  
7.4 JTAG TEST REGISTERS.............................................................................................................100  
8.  
9.  
ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ..........................................................................................101  
PIN ASSIGNMENTS...................................................................................................................111  
9.1 MAX24705 PIN ASSSIGNMENT ..................................................................................................111  
9.2 MAX24710 PIN ASSSIGNMENT ..................................................................................................113  
10. PACKAGE AND THERMAL INFORMATION.............................................................................115  
10.1  
10.2  
PACKAGE TOP MARK FORMAT ................................................................................................115  
THERMAL SPECIFICATIONS .....................................................................................................116  
11. ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS........................................................................................117  
12. STANDARDS .............................................................................................................................118  
13. DATA SHEET REVISION HISTORY ..........................................................................................119  
3
MAX24705, MAX24710  
List of Figures  
Figure 1-1. Synchronous Ethernet and SDH/SONET Line Card..................................................................................6  
Figure 2-1. Block Diagram............................................................................................................................................6  
Figure 5-1. APLL-Only Mode: Clock Synthesis from a Crystal.................................................................................. 11  
Figure 5-2. APLL-Only Mode: Locked to One of Four Input Clocks.......................................................................... 12  
Figure 5-3. DPLL+APLL Mode: Method 1, Master Clock from High-Speed External Oscillator ............................... 13  
Figure 5-4. DPLL+APLL Mode: Method 2a, Master Clock from Crystal Oscillator Multiplied by APLL2 .................. 13  
Figure 5-5. DPLL+APLL Mode: Method 2b, Master Clock from External Oscillator Multiplied by APLL2 ................ 14  
Figure 5-6. Crystal Equivalent Circuit / Crystal and Capacitor Connections ............................................................. 15  
Figure 5-7. Input block Diagram ................................................................................................................................ 17  
Figure 5-8. DPLL Block Diagram............................................................................................................................... 22  
Figure 5-9. DPLL State Transition Diagram .............................................................................................................. 23  
Figure 5-10. APLL Block Diagram ............................................................................................................................. 31  
Figure 5-11. SPI Read Transaction Functional Timing.............................................................................................. 35  
Figure 5-12. SPI Write Enable Transaction Functional Timing ................................................................................. 35  
Figure 5-13. SPI Write Transaction Functional Timing.............................................................................................. 35  
Figure 7-1. JTAG Block Diagram............................................................................................................................... 96  
Figure 7-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine ...................................................................................................... 98  
Figure 8-1. Recommended External Components for Interfacing to Differential Inputs.......................................... 103  
Figure 8-2. Recommended External Components for Interfacing to CML Outputs................................................. 105  
Figure 8-3. Recommended Confguration for Interfacing to HCSL Components..................................................... 106  
Figure 8-4. SPI Interface Timing Diagram ............................................................................................................... 109  
Figure 8-5. JTAG Timing Diagram........................................................................................................................... 110  
Figure 9-1. MAX24705 Pin Assignment Diagram.................................................................................................... 112  
Figure 9-2. MAX24710 Pin Assignment Diagram.................................................................................................... 114  
Figure 10-1. Non-Customized Device Top Mark ..................................................................................................... 115  
Figure 10-2. Custom Factory-Programmed Device Top Mark ................................................................................ 115  
4
MAX24705, MAX24710  
List of Tables  
Table 4-1. Input Clock Pin Descriptions .......................................................................................................................8  
Table 4-2. Output Clock Pin Descriptions.....................................................................................................................8  
Table 4-3. Global Pin Descriptions ...............................................................................................................................8  
Table 4-4. SPI Interface Pin Descriptions.....................................................................................................................9  
Table 4-5. JTAG Interface Pin Descriptions .................................................................................................................9  
Table 4-6. Power-Supply Pin Descriptions ...................................................................................................................9  
Table 5-1. Crystal Selection Parameters................................................................................................................... 15  
Table 5-2. Example Master Clock APLL Input Frequencies and Configurations ...................................................... 16  
Table 5-3. Input Clock Capabilities............................................................................................................................ 17  
Table 5-4. Activity Monitoring, Missing Clock Cycles vs. Frequency ........................................................................ 20  
Table 5-5. Default Input Clock Priorities .................................................................................................................... 21  
Table 5-6. Damping Factors and Peak Jitter/Wander Gain....................................................................................... 26  
Table 6-1. Register Map ............................................................................................................................................ 39  
Table 7-1. JTAG Instruction Codes ........................................................................................................................... 99  
Table 7-2. JTAG ID Code ........................................................................................................................................ 100  
Table 8-1. Recommended DC Operating Conditions.............................................................................................. 101  
Table 8-2. Electrical Characteristics: Supply Currents ............................................................................................ 101  
Table 8-3. Electrical Characteristics: Non-Clock CMOS/TTL Pins.......................................................................... 102  
Table 8-4. Electrical Characteristics: Clock Inputs .................................................................................................. 103  
Table 8-5. Electrical Characteristics: CML Clock Outputs....................................................................................... 104  
Table 8-6. Electrical Characteristics: CMOS and HSTL (Class I) Clock Outputs.................................................... 105  
Table 8-7. Electrical Characteristics: Clock Output Timing ..................................................................................... 106  
Table 8-8. Electrical Characteristics: Jitter Specifications....................................................................................... 106  
Table 8-9. Electrical Characteristics: Typical Output Jitter Performance, APLL Only............................................. 107  
Table 8-10. Electrical Characteristics: Typical Output Jitter Performance, DPLL+APLL ........................................ 107  
Table 8-11. Electrical Characteristics: Typical Input-to-Output Clock Delay........................................................... 108  
Table 8-12. Electrical Characteristics: Typical Output-to-Output Clock Delay........................................................ 108  
Table 8-13. Electrical Characteristics: SPI Interface Timing ................................................................................... 109  
Table 8-14. Electrical Characteristics: JTAG Interface Timing................................................................................ 110  
Table 9-1. MAX24705 Pin Assignments Sorted by Signal Name............................................................................ 111  
Table 9-2. MAX24710 Pin Assignments Sorted by Signal Name............................................................................ 113  
Table 10-1. Package Top Mark Legend .................................................................................................................. 115  
Table 10-2. CSBGA Package Thermal Properties .................................................................................................. 116  
Table 12-1. Applicable Standards ........................................................................................................................... 118  
5
MAX24705, MAX24710  
1. Application Examples  
Figure 1-1. Synchronous Ethernet and SDH/SONET Line Card  
Synchronous Ethernet  
OC1P/N  
OC2P/N  
OC3P/N  
OC4P/N  
OC5P/N  
Clocks: any combination  
of 25M, 125M, 156.25M  
and related frequencies  
19.44M,  
25M, etc.  
From dual  
redundant  
timing functions  
IC1P/N  
IC2P/N  
Any combination of differential or  
2x single-ended signal format  
OC6P/N  
OC7P/N  
OC8P/N  
OC9P/N  
OC10P/N  
SDH/SONET Clocks:  
Nx6.48MHz to 622.08MHz  
local  
osc  
MCP/N  
2. Block Diagram  
Figure 2-1. Block Diagram  
DIV1  
DIV2  
DIV3  
DIV4  
DIV5  
DIV6  
DIV7  
DIV8  
DIV9  
DIV10  
OC1POS/NEG  
DPLL  
Hitless Switching,  
Jitter Filtering,  
Holdover  
APLL1  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
A
B
Input Block  
Scaler, Divider,  
Monitor  
OC2POS/NEG  
OC3POS/NEG  
OC4POS/NEG  
OC5POS/NEG  
OC6POS/NEG  
OC7POS/NEG  
OC8POS/NEG  
OC9POS/NEG  
OC10POS/NEG  
Figure 5-7  
Figure 5-8  
Figure 5-10  
MAX24710 only  
MAX24710 only  
C
D
APLL2  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
IC1POS/NEG  
IC2POS/NEG  
MCLKOSCP/N  
XIN  
XO  
XOUT  
SPI Interface  
JTAG  
and HW Control and Status Pins  
3. Detailed Features  
3.1  
Input Block Features  
Two input clocks, differential or CMOS/TTL signal format  
Input clocks can be any frequency from 2kHz up to 750MHz  
Supported telecom frequencies include PDH, SDH, Synchronous Ethernet, OTU-1, OTU-2, OTU-3  
Per-input fractional scaling (i.e. multiplying by ND where N is a 16-bit integer and D is a 32-bit integer and  
N<D) to undo 64B/66B and FEC scaling (e.g. 64/66, 238/255, 237/255, 236/255)  
All inputs constantly monitored by programmable activity monitors and frequency monitors  
Fast activity monitor can disqualify the selected reference after a few missing clock cycles  
Frequency measurement with 1.25ppm resolution  
Frequency monitor thresholds with 1.25ppm or 5ppb resolution  
6
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
3.2  
DPLL Features  
Very high-resolution DPLL architecture  
Sophisticated state machine automatically transitions between free-run, locked, and holdover states  
Revertive or nonrevertive reference selection algorithm  
Programmable bandwidth from 4Hz to 400Hz  
Separately configurable acquisition bandwidth and locked bandwidth  
Programmable damping factor to balance lock time with peaking: 1.2, 2.5, 5, 10 or 20  
Multiple phase detectors: phase/frequency and multicycle  
Phase/frequency locking (360capture) or nearest-edge phase locking (180capture)  
Multicycle phase detection and locking (up to 8191UI) improves jitter tolerance and lock time  
Phase build-out in response to reference switching for true hitless switching  
Less than 1 ns output clock phase transient during phase build-out  
Output phase adjustment up to 200ns in 6ps steps with respect to selected input reference  
High-resolution frequency and phase measurement  
Fast detection of input clock failure and transition to holdover mode  
Numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) mode allows system software to steer DPLL frequency  
3.3  
APLL Features  
Two independent APLLs simultaneously product two frequency families from the same reference clock or  
different reference clocks  
Very high-resolution fractional scaling (i.e. non-integer multiplication)  
Output jitter is typically 0.18 to 0.3ps RMS for APLL-only integer multiply and 0.25 to 0.4ps RMS for APLL-only  
fractional multiply or DPLL+APLL operation (12kHz to 20MHz integration band, for output frequencies >100MHz)  
Telecom output frequencies include 622.08MHz for SONET/SDH and 625MHz for Synchronous Ethernet  
Bypass mode for each APLL supports system testing and allows device to be used in fanout applications  
3.4  
Output Clock Features  
Ten low-jitter output clocks  
Each output can be one differential output or two CMOS/TTL outputs  
Outputs easily interface with CML, LVDS, LVPECL, HSTL, SSTL, HCSL components  
Each output can be any integer divisor of either APLL output clock  
Supported telecom frequencies include PDH, SDH, Synchronous Ethernet, OTN  
Can produce clock frequencies for microprocessors, ASICs, FPGAs and other components  
Can produce PCIe-compliant output clocks (PCIe gen. 1, 2 and 3)  
Per-output delay adjustment  
Per-output enable/disable  
3.5  
General Features  
SPI serial microprocessor interface  
Automatic self-configuration at power-up from internal EEPROM memory  
Four general-purpose I/O pins  
Register set can be write-protected  
Can operate as DPLL+APLL for jitter filtering and hitless switching or as APLL only  
Local oscillator can be nearly any frequency from 10MHz to 750MHz  
Internal compensation for local oscillator frequency error  
7
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
4. Pin Descriptions  
Table 4-1. Input Clock Pin Descriptions  
PIN NAME  
TYPE(1)  
PIN DESCRIPTION  
Input Clocks 1 and 2.  
Differential or CMOS/TTL signal format. Programmable frequency.  
Differential: See Table 8-4 for electrical specifications, and see Figure 8-1 for  
recommended external circuitry for interfacing these differential inputs to LVDS,  
LVPECL or CML output pins on other devices.  
CMOS/TTL: Connect the single-ended signal to the POS pin. Connect the NEG pin to a  
capacitor (0.1F or 0.01F) to VSS_IO. As shown in Figure 8-1, the NEG pin is  
internally biased to approximately 1.2V. Treat the NEG pin as a sensitive node;  
minimize stubs; do not connect to anything else including other NEG pins.  
Unused: The POS and NEG pins can be left floating. Set ICCR1.ICEN=0.  
Crystal Oscillator Input.  
IC1POS, IC1NEG  
IDIFF  
IC2POS, IC2NEG  
An on-chip XO circuit is designed to work with an external crystal connected to  
the XIN and XOUT pins. See section 5.3.2 for crystal characteristics and  
recommended external components. Alternately, the on-chip XO circuit can be  
disabled, and XIN can be used as a single-ended input clock pin that can  
accept a clock signal amplitude from 1.8V to 3.3V.  
XIN  
I
Crystal Oscillator Output.  
XOUT  
See section 5.3.2 for crystal characteristics and recommended external  
components.  
O
Master Clock Oscillator.  
These pins can be used to connect the device to a local oscillator (XO, TCXO, OCXO).  
The oscillator can be any of a range of frequencies. See section 5.3.  
Differential: See Table 8-4 for electrical specifications, and see Figure 8-1 for  
recommended external circuitry for interfacing these differential inputs to LVDS,  
LVPECL or CML output pins on other devices.  
MCLKOSCP,  
MCLKOSCN  
IDIFF  
CMOS/TTL: Connect the single-ended signal to the MCLKOSCP pin. Connect the  
MCLKOSCN pin to a capacitor (0.1F or 0.01F) to VSS_IO. As shown in Figure  
8-1, the MCLKOSCN pin is internally biased to approximately 1.2V. Treat  
MCLKOSCN as a sensitive node; minimize stubs; do not connect to anything else.  
Table 4-2. Output Clock Pin Descriptions  
PIN NAME  
TYPE(1)  
PIN DESCRIPTION  
OC1POS, OC1NEG  
OC2POS, OC2NEG  
OC3POS, OC3NEG  
OC4POS, OC4NEG  
OC5POS, OC5NEG  
OC6POS, OC6NEG  
OC7POS, OC7NEG  
OC8POS, OC8NEG  
OC9POS, OC9NEG  
OC10POS, OC10NEG  
Differential Output Clocks 1 through 10.  
CML, HSTL or 1 or 2 CMOS. Programmable frequency.  
See Table 8-5 and Figure 8-2 for electrical specifications and recommended external  
circuitry for interfacing to LVDS, LVPECL or CML input pins on other devices.  
See Table 8-6 for electrical specifications for interfacing to CMOS and HSTL inputs on  
other devices.  
ODIFF  
See Figure 8-3 for recommended external circuitry for interfacing to HCSL inputs on  
other devices.  
Table 4-3. Global Pin Descriptions  
PIN NAME  
TYPE(1)  
PIN DESCRIPTION  
Reset (Active Low). When this global asynchronous reset is pulled low, all internal  
circuitry is reset to default values. The device is held in reset as long as RST_N is low.  
RST_N should be held low for at least 100ns.  
RST_N  
IPU  
TEST  
Factory Test Mode Select. Wire this pin to VSS for normal operation.  
IPD  
General-Purpose I/O Pin 1.  
GPCR.GPIO1C configures this pin. Its state is indicated in GPSR.GPIO1.  
GPIO1  
I/OPU  
8
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
PIN NAME  
TYPE(1)  
PIN DESCRIPTION  
General-Purpose I/O Pin 2.  
GPCR.GPIO2C configures this pin. Its state is indicated in GPSR.GPIO2.  
GPIO2  
I/OPD  
Auto Configuration / General-Purpose I/O Pin 3.  
If this pin is high when RST_N goes high the device automatically configures its  
registers based on the configuration script stored in EEPROM memory. See section  
5.12. After reset GPCR.GPIO3C configures this pin. Its state is indicated in  
GPSR.GPIO3.  
AC / GPIO3  
SS / GPIO4  
I/OPU  
Source Switch / General-Purpose I/O Pin 4.  
When DPLLCR1.EXTSW=1 this pin behaves as SS, the source-switching control input  
for the input block and DPLL (see section 5.5.3.5). When APLLCR2.EXTSW=1 this pin  
behaves as SS, the sources-switching control input for one or both APLLs. When  
DPLLCR1.EXTSW=0 and APLLCR2.EXTSW=0 this pin behaves as GPIO4, it is  
configured by GPCR.GPIO4C, and its state is indicated in GPSR.GPIO4.  
I/OPD  
Table 4-4. SPI Interface Pin Descriptions  
See section 5.9 for functional description and Table 8-13 for timing specifications.  
PIN NAME  
TYPE(1)  
PIN DESCRIPTION  
Chip Select. The CS_N, SCLK, SDI and SDO pins together are a SPI slave port  
through which an external SPI master can communicate with the device. This pin must  
be asserted (low) to read or write internal registers.  
CS_N  
I
SCLK  
SDI  
I
I
Serial Clock. SCLK is always driven by the SPI bus master.  
Serial Data Input. The SPI bus master transmits data to the device on this pin.  
Serial Data Output. The device transmits data to the SPI bus master on this pin.  
SDO  
O3  
Table 4-5. JTAG Interface Pin Descriptions  
See Section 7 for functional description and Table 8-14 for timing specifications.  
PIN NAME  
TYPE(1)  
PIN DESCRIPTION  
JTAG Test Reset (Active Low). Asynchronously resets the test access port (TAP)  
controller. JTRST_N should be held low during device power-up. If not used, JTRST_N  
can be held low or high after power-up.  
JTRST_N  
IPU  
JTAG Clock. Shifts data into JTDI on the rising edge and out of JTDO on the falling  
edge. If not used, JTCLK can be held low or high.  
JTAG Test Data Input. Test instructions and data are clocked in on this pin on the  
rising edge of JTCLK. If not used, JTDI can be held low or high.  
JTAG Test Data Output. Test instructions and data are clocked out on this pin on the  
falling edge of JTCLK. If not used, leave floating.  
JTCLK  
JTDI  
I
IPU  
O3  
JTDO  
JTAG Test Mode Select. Sampled on the rising edge of JTCLK and is used to place  
the port into the various defined IEEE 1149.1 states. If not used connect to 3.3V or  
leave floating.  
JTMS  
IPU  
Table 4-6. Power-Supply Pin Descriptions  
PIN NAME  
TYPE(1)  
PIN DESCRIPTION  
VDD_18  
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Digital I/O Power Supply. 1.8V 5%.  
Digital I/O Power Supply. 3.3V 5%.  
VDD_33  
VDD_APLL1_18  
VDD_APLL1_33  
VDD_APLL2_18  
VDD_APLL2_33  
VDD_DIG_18  
VDD_OC_18  
VDD_XO_18  
VDD_XO_33  
VDDO18A  
APLL1 Power Supply. 1.8V 5%. Also supply for IC1 input.  
APLL1 Power Supply. 3.3V 5%. Also supply for IC1 input.  
APLL2 Power Supply. 1.8V 5%. Also supply for IC2 and MCLKOSC inputs.  
APLL2 Power Supply. 3.3V 5%. Also supply for IC2 and MCLKOSC inputs.  
Core Digital Power Supply. 1.8V 5%.  
Output Clock Power Supply. 1.8V 5%.  
Crystal Oscillator Power Supply. 1.8V 5%.  
Crystal Oscillator Power Supply. 3.3V 5%.  
P
P
P
Output Clock Power Supply, Bank A (OC1, OC2). 1.8V ±5%.  
Output Clock Power Supply, Bank B (OC3OC5). 1.8V ±5%.  
Output Clock Power Supply, Bank C (OC6-OC8). 1.8V ±5%.  
VDDO18B  
VDDO18C  
9
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
PIN NAME  
VDDO18D  
VDDOA  
TYPE(1)  
PIN DESCRIPTION  
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
P
Output Clock Power Supply, Bank D (OC9, OC10). 1.8V ±5%.  
Output Clock Power Supply, Bank A (OC1, OC2). 1.5V to 3.3V ±5%.  
Output Clock Power Supply, Bank B (OC3OC5). 1.5V to 3.3V ±5%.  
Output Clock Power Supply, Bank C (OC6-OC8). 1.5V to 3.3V ±5%.  
Output Clock Power Supply, Bank D (OC9, OC10). 1.5V to 3.3V ±5%.  
Return for VDD_APLL1 Supplies.  
VDDOB  
VDDOC  
VDDOD  
VSS_APLL1  
VSS_APLL2  
VSS_DIG  
VSS_OC  
VSS_XO  
VSSOA  
Return for VDD_APLL2 Supplies.  
Core Digital Return.  
Output Clock Return.  
Crystal Oscillator Return.  
Return for VDDOA Supply.  
VSSOB  
Return for VDDOB Supply.  
VSSOC  
Return for VDDOC Supply.  
VSSOD  
Return for VDDOD Supply.  
VSUB  
Substrate Voltage. Connect to board ground.  
Note 1: All pins, except power and analog pins, are CMOS/TTL unless otherwise specified in the pin description.  
PIN TYPES  
I = input pin  
IDIFF = differential input, can be interfaced to LVDS, LVPECL, CML, HSTL or CMOS/TTL signals  
IPD = input pin with internal 50kpulldown  
IPU = input pin with internal 50kpullup  
I/O = input/output pin  
IOPD = input/output pin with internal 50kpulldown  
IOPU = input/output pin with internal 50kpullup  
O = output pin  
O3 = output pin that can be tri-stated (i.e., placed in a high-impedance state)  
ODIFF = differential output, CML format  
P = power-supply pin  
Note 2: All digital pins, except ICn and OCn, are I/O pins in JTAG mode. ICn and OCn pins do not have JTAG functionality.  
10  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5. Functional Description  
5.1 Device Identification and Protection  
The 16-bit read-only ID field in the ID1 and ID2 registers is set to 00C3h = 195 decimal. The device revision can be  
read from the REV register. Contact the factory to interpret this value and determine the latest revision. The  
register set can be protected from inadvertent writes using the PROT register.  
5.2  
Top-Level Configuration  
MAX24705 and MAX24710 have two fundamental modes of operation: APLL-only and DPLL+APLL.  
5.2.1 APLL-Only Mode  
In APLL-only mode, the input block and the DPLL are powered down, and APLL1 and/or APLL2 are available to  
produce two independent families of output clock frequencies. The input block and the DPLL are powered down by  
setting MCR1.ICBEN=0 and MCR1.DPLLEN=0, respectively. This reduces chip power consumption as shown in  
Table 8-2.  
The bandwidth of the APLLs is approximately 400kHz and therefore in APLL-only mode the device does not filter  
jitter. This means that in applications where output signals must have sub-ps jitter, the APLL input signal must have  
sub-ps jitter. In addition, features of the input block and the DPLL including activity monitoring, frequency  
monitoring and hitless switching are not available. APLL-only mode is enabled when the APLL input muxes are set  
to select an input other than the DPLL output (i.e. APLLCR2.APLLMUX=0xx).  
APLL-only mode has two usage cases for each APLL. First, the APLLs can be locked to the on-chip crystal  
oscillator as shown in Figure 5-1. Second, each APLL can be locked to any of the four input clock signals, as  
shown in Figure 5-2.  
Figure 5-1. APLL-Only Mode: Clock Synthesis from a Crystal  
DIV1  
DIV2  
DIV3  
DIV4  
DIV5  
DIV6  
DIV7  
DIV8  
DIV9  
DIV10  
OC1POS/NEG  
OC2POS/NEG  
OC3POS/NEG  
OC4POS/NEG  
OC5POS/NEG  
OC6POS/NEG  
OC7POS/NEG  
OC8POS/NEG  
OC9POS/NEG  
OC10POS/NEG  
DPLL  
Hitless Switching,  
Jitter Filtering,  
Holdover  
APLL1  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
A
B
Input Block  
Scaler, Divider,  
Monitor  
C
D
APLL2  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
IC1POS/NEG  
IC2POS/NEG  
MCLKOSCP/N  
XIN  
XOUT  
XO  
SPI Interface  
JTAG  
and HW Control and Status Pins  
11  
 
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Figure 5-2. APLL-Only Mode: Locked to One of Four Input Clocks  
DIV1  
DIV2  
DIV3  
DIV4  
DIV5  
DIV6  
DIV7  
DIV8  
DIV9  
DIV10  
OC1POS/NEG  
OC2POS/NEG  
OC3POS/NEG  
OC4POS/NEG  
OC5POS/NEG  
OC6POS/NEG  
OC7POS/NEG  
OC8POS/NEG  
OC9POS/NEG  
OC10POS/NEG  
DPLL  
Hitless Switching,  
Jitter Filtering,  
Holdover  
APLL1  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
A
B
Input Block  
Scaler, Divider,  
Monitor  
C
D
APLL2  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
IC1POS/NEG  
IC2POS/NEG  
MCLKOSCP/N  
XIN  
XO  
XOUT  
SPI Interface  
JTAG  
and HW Control and Status Pins  
5.2.2 DPLL+APLL Mode  
In DPLL+APLL mode, the input block and DPLL are enabled and used. In this mode device power consumption is  
higher than APLL-only mode, but all input block features are available including activity monitoring, frequency  
monitoring and automatic reference switching. In addition, all DPLL features are available as well, including hitless  
switching, holdover, and bandwidths low enough to filter jitter on the input clock signals.  
DPLL+APLL mode is enabled when the APLL1 input mux is set to select the DPLL output (i.e.  
APLLCR2.APLLMUX=100) and the input block and DPLL are enabled using the enable bits in MCR1.  
In this mode the input block and the DPLL must operate from a master clock signal of approximately 200MHz. This  
master clock signal can be provided using either of two methods.  
For method 1, a 190MHz to 208.333MHz local oscillator is connected directly to the MCLKOSCP/N pins, and the  
MCR3.MCMUX bit is set to 1 to connect this clock signal directly to the input block and the DPLL. This method,  
shown in Figure 5-3, leaves APLL2 available to be synchronized to the DPLL and allows the device to make two  
families of output clock frequencies that are both synchronized to the DPLL’s selected reference.  
For method 2, APLL2 is configured to make the master clock signal from a lower frequency local oscillator  
connected to the MCLKOSCP/N pins. The APLL2 output frequency must be in the range 380MHz to 416.667MHz  
or the range 570MHz to 625MHz. APLL2’s master clock divider (MCR2.MCDIV) is then configured to divide  
APLL2’s output frequency by 2 or 3 to get a master clock frequency in the range 190MHz to 208.333MHz. The  
MCR3.MCMUX bit is set to 0 to connect the master clock signal from APLL2 to the input block and the DPLL. The  
APLL2 output clock frequency can also be provided to any of output banks A, B, C or D where it can be further  
divided to make output clock signals derived from the local oscillator.  
Method 2 has two usage cases, 2a and 2b. For method 2a, APLL2 is locked to the on-chip crystal oscillator as  
shown in Figure 5-4. This gives the lowest possible cost for the master clock reference, but the DPLL's frequency  
stability during holdover is relatively poor due to the use of a non-temperature-compensated crystal. In some  
applications the DPLL is expected to always be locked to one of the two input clocks and rarely or never enter  
holdover. For these applications DPLL stability during holdover is not a requirement, and deriving the master clock  
from a crystal is appropriate.  
For method 2b, APLL2 is locked to an external oscillator as shown in Figure 5-5. This allows a more stable but  
more expensive reference for the master clock, such as a high-stability XO, a TCXO or even an OCXO.  
12  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Figure 5-3. DPLL+APLL Mode: Method 1, Master Clock from High-Speed External Oscillator  
DIV1  
DIV2  
DIV3  
DIV4  
DIV5  
DIV6  
DIV7  
DIV8  
DIV9  
DIV10  
OC1POS/NEG  
OC2POS/NEG  
OC3POS/NEG  
OC4POS/NEG  
OC5POS/NEG  
OC6POS/NEG  
OC7POS/NEG  
OC8POS/NEG  
OC9POS/NEG  
OC10POS/NEG  
DPLL  
Hitless Switching,  
Jitter Filtering,  
Holdover  
APLL1  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
A
B
Input Block  
Scaler, Divider,  
Monitor  
C
D
APLL2  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
IC1POS/NEG  
IC2POS/NEG  
MCLKOSCP/N  
~200MHz  
Oscillator  
XIN  
XOUT  
XO  
SPI Interface  
JTAG  
and HW Control and Status Pins  
Figure 5-4. DPLL+APLL Mode: Method 2a, Master Clock from Crystal Oscillator Multiplied by APLL2  
DIV1  
DIV2  
DIV3  
DIV4  
DIV5  
DIV6  
DIV7  
DIV8  
DIV9  
DIV10  
OC1POS/NEG  
OC2POS/NEG  
OC3POS/NEG  
OC4POS/NEG  
OC5POS/NEG  
OC6POS/NEG  
OC7POS/NEG  
OC8POS/NEG  
OC9POS/NEG  
OC10POS/NEG  
DPLL  
Hitless Switching,  
Jitter Filtering,  
Holdover  
APLL1  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
A
B
Input Block  
Scaler, Divider,  
Monitor  
C
D
APLL2  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
IC1POS/NEG  
IC2POS/NEG  
MCLKOSCP/N  
XIN  
XOUT  
XO  
SPI Interface  
JTAG  
and HW Control and Status Pins  
13  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Figure 5-5. DPLL+APLL Mode: Method 2b, Master Clock from External Oscillator Multiplied by APLL2  
DIV1  
DIV2  
DIV3  
DIV4  
DIV5  
DIV6  
DIV7  
DIV8  
DIV9  
DIV10  
OC1POS/NEG  
OC2POS/NEG  
OC3POS/NEG  
OC4POS/NEG  
OC5POS/NEG  
OC6POS/NEG  
OC7POS/NEG  
OC8POS/NEG  
OC9POS/NEG  
OC10POS/NEG  
DPLL  
Hitless Switching,  
Jitter Filtering,  
Holdover  
APLL1  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
A
B
Input Block  
Scaler, Divider,  
Monitor  
C
D
APLL2  
3.7-4.2GHz,  
Sub-ps jitter,  
Fractional-N  
IC1POS/NEG  
IC2POS/NEG  
MCLKOSCP/N  
XIN  
Oscillator  
XOUT  
XO  
SPI Interface  
JTAG  
and HW Control and Status Pins  
5.3  
Local Oscillator and Master Clock Configuration  
Section 5.2 describes several device configurations that make use of either an external local oscillator (XO, TCXO,  
OCXO) or the on-chip crystal oscillator connected to an external crystal. Section 5.3.1 describes how to connect an  
external oscillator and the required characteristics of the oscillator. Section 5.3.2 describes how to connect an  
external crystal to the on-chip crystal oscillator and the required characteristics of the crystal. Section 5.3.3  
describes how to configure APLL2 to lock to either an external oscillator or the on-chip crystal oscillator and  
produce a suitable master clock for the input block and the DPLL.  
5.3.1 External Oscillator  
A signal from an external oscillator can be connected to the MCLKOSCP/N pins. The external oscillator can be  
either differential or single-ended and any frequency from 9.72MHz to 750MHz (but see additional constraint for  
method 1 in section 5.2.2). See the MCLKOSCP/N pin description in Table 4-1 for additional details. For lowest  
output jitter, a differential signal is best. To minimize jitter when a single-ended signal is used, the signal must be  
properly terminated and must have very short trace length. A poorly terminated single-ended signal can greatly  
increase output jitter, and long single-ended trace lengths are more susceptible to noise. If the oscillator is located  
more than 2cm away from the device, consider connecting the single-ended oscillator output to an LVDS driver IC  
(such as MAX9110) and sending a differential clock signal to the device pins.  
When the DPLL master clock (see section 5.3.3) is derived from the oscillator signal applied to the MCLKOSCP/N  
pins, the stability of the DPLL in free-run or holdover is equivalent to the stability of the oscillator. While many  
applications can make use of a simple crystal oscillator, some applications may require the stability of a TCXO or  
an OCXO. The PBTIMER register must be set appropriately for type of oscillator used. Contact Microsemi timing  
products technical support for recommended oscillator components.  
While the stability of the external oscillator can be important, its absolute frequency accuracy is less important  
because any known frequency inaccuracy of the oscillator can be compensated in the DPLL or in the APLLs. When  
the device is configured for DPLL+APLL mode, the DPLL's MCFREQ field can be used to compensate for oscillator  
frequency error. When the device is configured for APLL-only mode, the APLLs' fractional feedback divider values  
(AFBDIV) can be adjusted by ppb or ppm to compensate for oscillator frequency error.  
5.3.1.1 Oscillator Characteristics to Minimize Output Jitter  
The jitter on output clock signals depends on the phase noise and frequency of the external oscillator. For the  
device to operate with the lowest possible output jitter, the external oscillator should have the following  
characteristics:  
Phase Noise: Typical value of -148dBc/Hz or lower at 10kHz offset from the carrier.  
14  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Frequency: The higher the better, all else being equal. Frequencies that are integer divisors of  
4000MHz or 4096MHz are excellent choices, including 50MHz and 51.2MHz.  
5.3.2 On-Chip Crystal Oscillator  
The crystal oscillator is designed to drive a fundamental mode, AT-cut crystal resonator. See Table 5-1 for  
recommended crystal specifications. When a crystal is not connected between XIN and XOUT, the XIN pin can be  
used as a single-ended input to the APLLs.  
To use the crystal oscillator with an external crystal, set MCR2.XIEN=1 to enable the XIN pin logic and set  
MCR2.XOEN=1 to enable the XOUT pin so the XO can oscillate. To use the XIN pin as a single-ended input, set  
MCR2.XIEN=1 to enable the XIN pin and set MCR2.XOEN=0 to disable the XOUT pin to minimize power and  
noise. If the XIN pin is not used, set MCR2.XIEN=0 and MCR2.XOEN=0 to minimize power and noise.  
See Figure 5-6 for the crystal equivalent circuit and the recommended external capacitor connections. To achieve a  
crystal load (CL) of 10pF, an external 16pF is placed in parallel with the 4pF internal capacitance of the XIN pin,  
and an external 16pF is placed in parallel with the 4pF internal capacitance of the XOUT pin. The crystal then sees  
a load of 20pF in series with 20pF, which is 10pF total load. Note that the 16pF capacitance values in Figure 5-6  
include all capacitance on those nodes. If, for example, PCB trace capacitance between crystal pin and IC pin is  
2pF then 14pF capacitors should be used to make 16pF total.  
The crystal, traces, and two external capacitors should be placed on the board as close as possible to the XIN and  
XOUT pins to reduce crosstalk of active signals into the oscillator. Also no active signals should be routed under  
the crystal circuitry.  
Note: Crystals have temperature sensitivies that can cause crystal oscillator frequency changes in response to  
ambient temperature changes. In applications where significant temperature changes are expected near the  
crystal, it is recommended that the crystal be covered with a thermal cap, or an external XO, TCXO or OCXO  
should be used instead.  
Figure 5-6. Crystal Equivalent Circuit / Crystal and Capacitor Connections  
XTAL  
4pF  
16pF  
XIN  
CO  
LS  
Crystal  
R1  
R2  
(CL = 10pF)  
XOUT  
4pF  
CS  
16pF  
RS  
Note 1: R1=1M. The value of R2 is a function of crystal frequency, loading and maximum power rating. Contact the factory for guidance in  
choosing the right R2 resistor for a specific crystal.  
Table 5-1. Crystal Selection Parameters  
PARAMETER  
SYMBOL  
MIN  
TYP  
25, 50,  
51.21  
2
MAX  
52  
UNITS  
Crystal Oscillation Frequency  
fOSC  
25  
MHz  
Shunt Capacitance  
Load Capacitance  
Equivalent Series Resistance  
(ESR)2  
CO  
CL  
RS  
RS  
5
pF  
pF  
10  
fOSC < 40MHz  
fOSC > 40MHz  
60  
50  
Maximum Crystal Drive Level  
Note 1: Crystal frequencies of 49.152MHz, 50MHz and 51.2MHz are excellent choices for lowest output jitter.  
100  
W  
Note 2: These ESR limits are chosen to constrain crystal drive level to less than 100W. If the crystal can tolerate a drive level greater than  
100W then proportionally higher ESR is acceptable.  
15  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
PARAMETER  
SYMBOL  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
Crystal Oscillator Frequency Stability vs. Power  
Supply  
ppm per 10%  
in VDD  
fFVD  
0.2  
0.5  
Any known frequency inaccuracy of the crystal can be compensated in the DPLL or in the APLLs. When the device  
is configured for DPLL+APLL mode, the DPLL's MCFREQ field can be used to compensate for crystal frequency  
error. When the device is configured for APLL-only mode, the APLLs' fractional feedback divider values (AFBDIV)  
can be adjusted by ppb or ppm to compensate for crystal oscillator frequency error.  
5.3.3 Master Clock APLL Configuration  
This section does not apply for APLL-only mode.  
In DPLL+APLL mode method 2 (see section 5.2.2) the main purpose of APLL2 is to provide the required master  
clock signal (typically 200MHz or 204.8MHz) to the input block and the DPLL. APLL2 accepts a clock signal from  
either the MCLKOSCP/N pins or from the on-chip crystal oscillator as specified by APLL2's APLLCR2.APLLMUX  
field. APLL2 can lock to any input clock frequency from 9.72MHz to 102.4MHz. The APLL’s input divider, controlled  
by APLLCR2.AIDIV, can be used to divide frequencies up to 750MHz down to the 9.72MHz to 102.4MHz range.  
To minimize output jitter, the APLL2 input frequency should be multiplied by an integer (i.e. APLL2's AFBDIV value  
should be an integer) to a VCO frequency that can be internally divided by APLL2's high-speed divider  
(APLLCR1.HSDIV) and then by the master clock divider (MCR2.MCDIV) to get a master clock frequency in the  
range of 190MHz to 208.333MHz. Higher APLL2 input frequencies give lower output jitter, all else being equal.  
Several possible APLL2 input clock frequencies are shown in Table 5-2 below along with the corresponding APLL2  
register settings and resulting master clock frequencies.  
Table 5-2. Example Master Clock APLL Input Frequencies and Configurations  
APLL2  
Input  
Multiplier  
Value  
(AFBDIV)  
80  
APLL2 VCO  
Frequency  
4096MHz  
4000MHz  
4000MHz  
4096MHz  
4000MHz  
4096MHz  
4000MHz  
Divider Value  
(APLLCR1.HSDIV) (MCR2.MCDIV)  
Divider Value  
Master Clock  
Frequency  
204.8MHz  
200MHz  
200MHz  
204.8MHz  
200MHz  
Frequency2,3  
51.2MHz1  
50MHz1  
40MHz  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
10  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
80  
100  
25.6MHz  
25MHz  
12.8MHz  
10MHz  
160  
160  
320  
400  
204.8MHz  
200MHz  
Note 1: Input frequencies of 98.304MHz, 50MHz and 51.2MHz are excellent choices for lowest output jitter.  
Note 2: Many other input frequencies are possible.  
Note 3: The APLL2 input frequency range is wider than the crystal oscillator frequency range.  
By default the device assumes a master clock frequency of 204.8MHz. When the master clock frequency is  
different than 204.8MHz, the MCDNOM, MCINOM and MCAC registers must be set correctly for proper operation  
of the input block and the DPLL.  
The APLLs are self-oscillating, and therefore APLL2's output toggles even when the signal on the MCLKOSC pins  
or the output of the on-chip crystal oscillator is not toggling. This allows the device to continue to operate (although  
not in a standards-compliant manner) even during a complete oscillator failure. If the input clock to APLL2 is not  
toggling or is grossly off frequency, the device sets the PLL1LSR.MCFAIL latched status bit. This in turn can cause  
an interrupt if configured to do so.  
The MCLKOSC input must be enabled before use by setting MCR2.MCEN=1. The master clock divider must be  
enabled before use by setting MCR2.MCDIV to a non-zero value.  
16  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.4  
Input Signal Format Configuration  
Input clocks IC1 and IC2 are enabled by setting MCR2.IC1EN=1 and IC2EN=1, respectively. The power consumed  
by a differential receiver is shown in Table 8-2. The electrical specifications for these inputs are listed in Table 8-4.  
Each input clock can be configured to accept nearly any differential signal format by using the proper set of  
external components (see Table 8-4 and Figure 8-1). To configure these differential inputs to accept single-ended  
CMOS or TTL signals, connect the single-ended signal to the POS pin, and connect the NEG pin to a capacitor  
(0.1F or 0.01F) to VSS_IO. As shown in Figure 8-1, the NEG pin is internally biased to approximately 1.2V. If a  
1.2V bias is unsuitable, an external voltage divider can be used to set a different bias. If an input is not used, both  
POS and NEG pins can be left floating.  
Table 5-3. Input Clock Capabilities  
Frequency Range to  
the Input block (MHz)  
Frequence Range  
to the APLLs (MHz)  
Input Clock  
Signal Format  
Diferential  
or  
CMOS/TTL  
Differential: 2kHz to 750MHz  
Differential: 9.72MHz to 750MHz  
IC1  
Single-ended: 2kHz to 160MHz(1)  
Single-ended: 9.72MHz to 160MHz  
IC2  
Note 1: See sections 5.5.1 for details on frequency dividers, fractional scaling, and direct-lock frequencies supported by the DPLL.  
5.5  
Input Clock Divider, Monitor and Selector  
The input block performs the following functions:  
Frequency division (integer or fractional) to a frequency suitable for DPLL locking  
Activity monitoring  
Frequency monitoring  
DPLL input clock selection (automatic or manual)  
Figure 5-7 is a detailed block diagram of the input block. This block requires a master clock as described in section  
5.2.2. To enable the input block set MCR1.ICBEN=1. To enable APLL2, set APLLSEL=2 and then set  
APLLCR1.APLLEN=1.  
Figure 5-7. Input block Diagram  
2kHz to  
750MHz  
77.76MHz  
Fractional Scaling  
multiply by (N / D)  
Optional  
Inverter  
ICx POS/NEG  
0 < (N / D) <= 1  
1 <= N < 2^16,  
1 <= D < 2^32  
to DPLL Clock  
Selector Mux  
ICCR2:IFREQR  
ICCR1:EDGE  
ICN[15:0] ICD[31:0]  
ICLBx  
Fast Activity  
Monitor  
missing clock  
edges  
Activity  
Monitor  
leaky bucket  
accumulator  
ACT  
No Activity  
to Clock Selector and  
Status Registers  
HARD  
SOFT  
Frequency  
Monitor  
measurement,  
hard & soft limits  
FMEAS  
FMONCLK, FREN, HARDEN, SOFTEN,  
ICAHLIM, ICRHLIM, ICSLIM  
17  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
It is important to note that the input block provides its selector and divider services to the DPLL only. When the  
device is configured at the top level to connect an input signal to directly to one or both APLLs, the input block is  
bypassed as shown in the block diagram in Figure 2-1. In this configuration the input block can still be used to  
monitor the input clock signals for activity and frequency accuracy.  
5.5.1 Input Clock Frequency Dividers, Scaling and Inversion  
The input block tolerates a wide range of duty cycles out to a minimum high time or minimum low time of 3ns or  
30% of the clock period, whichever is smaller. The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register  
(see section 6.1.3).  
As shown in Figure 5-7, any frequency in the 2kHz to 750MHz range can be accepted by the input block as long as  
the frequency meets one of the following criteria:  
1. A DPLL locking frequency listed in the ICCR1.LKFREQ register description  
2. A frequency that can be divided by an unsigned integer (ICD+1) to produce a DPLL locking frequency  
listed in ICCR1.LKFREQ  
3. A frequency that can be multiplied by the ratio of two integers (ICN+1) / (ICD+1) to produce a DPLL locking  
frequency 1MHz listed in ICCR1.LKFREQ  
An example of item 3 above is the frequency 161,132,812.5Hz, which is the 10G Ethernet baud rate divided by 64  
(i.e. 66 / 64 * 10.0GHz / 64). The device can accept and lock to this frequency by setting ICN=64-1=63, ICD=66*5-  
1=329, and ICCR1.LKFREQ=1100b to fractionally scale this frequency to the 31.25MHz DPLL lock frequency.  
Another example is the OTU2 rate divided by 16 (i.e. 255 / 237 * 9.95328GHz / 16, approximately  
669,326,582.278481Hz). The device can accept and lock to this frequency by setting ICN=237-1=236,  
ICD=255*32-1=8159 and ICCR1.LKFREQ=1001b to fractionally scale this frequency to the 19.44MHz DPLL lock  
frequency.  
Important notes about the input block:  
ICCR1.POL specifies the edge to which the DPLL will lock (by default, the falling edge).  
The frequency range field ICCR1.IFREQR must be set correctly for the actual frequency of the input clock.  
For fractional scaling, the input clock frequency must be 1MHz, and ICN and ICD must be set to meet the  
requirement 0 < (ICN + 1)/(ICD + 1) 0.25.  
The frequency out of the scaling block must be a DPLL locking frequency listed in ICCR1.LKFREQ.  
ICN and ICD are set to 0 by default to give no dividing or scaling. This setting is useful for rates that are  
DPLL locking frequencies (e.g. 1MHz and 25MHz)  
5.5.2 Input Clock Monitoring  
Each input clock (IC1, IC2) is continuously monitored for frequency accuracy and activity. Frequency monitoring is  
described in section 5.5.2.1, while activity monitoring is described in Sections 5.5.2.2 and 5.5.2.3. Any input clock  
that has a frequency out-of-band alarm or activity alarm is automatically declared invalid. The valid/invalid state of  
each input clock is reported in the corresponding real-time status bit in the VALSR1 register. When the valid/invalid  
state of a clock changes, the corresponding latched status bit is set in the ICLSR1 register, and an interrupt request  
occurs if the corresponding interrupt enable bit is set in the ICIER1 register. Input clocks marked invalid cannot be  
automatically selected as the reference for the DPLL.  
5.5.2.1 Frequency Monitoring  
The input block monitors the frequency of each input clock and invalidates any clock whose frequency is outside of  
specified limits. Measured frequency can be read from the FMEAS field. In addition, three frequency limits can be  
specified: a soft limit (ICSLIM), a rejection hard limit (ICRHLIM), and an acceptance hard limit (ICAHLIM). When  
the frequency of an input clock is greater than or equal to the soft limit, the corresponding ISR.SOFT alarm bit is  
set to 1. The soft limit is only for monitoring; triggering it does not invalidate the clock. When the frequency offset of  
an input clock is greater than or equal to the rejection hard limit, the corresponding ISR.HARD alarm bit is set to 1,  
18  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
and the clock is marked invalid in the VALSR1 register. When the frequency offset of an input clock is less than the  
acceptance hard limit, the ISR.HARD alarm bit is cleared to 0. Together, the acceptance hard limit and the rejection  
hard limit allow hysteresis to be configured as required by Telcordia spec GR-1244-CORE.  
Monitoring according to the hard and soft limits is enabled/disabled using the HARDEN and SOFTEN bits in the  
ICCR2 register. Frequency monitoring is only done on an input clock when the clock does not have an activity  
alarm.  
The frequency monitoring logic determines the nominal (ideal, zero-error) frequency of the input clock from the  
values in the ICCR1.LKFREQ, ICN, ICD, and ICCR1.IFREQR fields. As must be done in any frequency  
measurement system, the frequency monitor counts the number of input clock cycles that occur in an interval of  
time equal to a specific number of reference clock periods. It then compares the actual count to the expected count  
to determine the fractional frequency offset of the input clock. The reference clock for the frequency monitor can be  
either the internal master clock (see section 5.3) or the output of the DPLL, depending on the setting of  
ICCR2.FMONCLK.  
Frequency measurement time can be specified in the ICCR3.FMONLEN field. For any input clock there is a  
relationship among frequency measurement precision, measurement time (duration), and maximum input jitter  
amplitude as follows:  
freq_meas_time max_p-p_jitter_amplitude / ( 0.5 * freq_meas_precision)  
When ICCR2.FREN=1 the input block performs gross frequency monitoring and invalidates any clock whose  
frequency is more than 10,000ppm away from nominal. This function is useful when hard limits are not enabled  
(ICCR2.HARDEN=0).  
5.5.2.2 Activity Monitoring  
The input block monitors each input clock for activity and proper behavior using a leaky bucket accumulator. A  
leaky bucket accumulator is similar to an analog integrator: the output amplitude increases in the presence of input  
events and gradually decays in the absence of events. When events occur infrequently, the accumulator value  
decays fully between events and no alarm is declared. When events occur close enough together, the accumulator  
increments faster than it can decay and eventually reaches the alarm threshold. After an alarm has been declared,  
if events occur infrequently enough, the accumulator can decay faster than it is incremented by new events and  
eventually reaches the alarm clear threshold. The leaky bucket events come from the fast activity monitor.  
The leaky bucket accumulator for each input clock has programmable size, alarm declare threshold, alarm clear  
threshold, and decay rate, all of which are specified in the ICLB registers.  
Activity monitoring is divided into 128ms intervals. The accumulator is incremented once for each 128ms interval in  
which the input clock is inactive for a few clock cycles (see Table 5-4). Thus the “fill” rate of the bucket is at most 1  
unit per 128ms, or approximately 8 units/second. During each period of 1, 2, 4 or 8 intervals (programmable), the  
accumulator decrements if no irregularities occur. Thus the “leak” rate of the bucket is approximately 8, 4, 2, or 1  
units/second. A leak is prevented when a fill event occurs in the same interval.  
When the value of an accumulator reaches the alarm threshold (ICLBU register), the corresponding ISR.ACT alarm  
bit is set to 1, and the clock is marked invalid in the VALSR1 register. When the value of an accumulator reaches  
the alarm clear threshold (ICLBL register), the activity alarm is cleared by clearing the clock’s ACT bit. The  
accumulator cannot increment past the size of the bucket specified in the ICLBS register. The decay rate of the  
accumulator is specified in the ICLBD register. The values stored in the leaky bucket configuration registers must  
have the following relationship at all times: ICLBS ICLBU > ICLBL. If ICLBS is set to 00h, the leaky bucket count  
is set to 0, the leaky bucket is disabled, and ISR.ACT alarm bit is set to 0.  
When the leaky bucket is empty, the minimum time to declare an activity alarm in seconds is ICLBU / 8. The  
minimum time to clear an activity alarm in seconds is 2^ICLBD x (ICLBS ICLBL) / 8. As an example, assume  
ICLBU = 8, ICLBL = 1, ICLBS = 10, and ICLBD = 0. The minimum time to declare an activity alarm would be 8 / 8 =  
1 second. The minimum time to clear the activity alarm would be 2^0 x (10 1) / 8 = 1.125 seconds.  
19  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table 5-4. Activity Monitoring, Missing Clock Cycles vs. Frequency  
INPUT CLOCK  
FREQUENCY  
<100 MHz  
100 200 MHz  
200 400 MHz  
>400 MHz  
NUMBER OF MISSING  
CLOCK CYCLES  
2
4
8
16  
5.5.2.3 Selected Reference Fast Activity Monitoring  
The input clock that the DPLL is currently locked to is called the selected reference. The quality of the DPLL’s  
selected reference is exceedingly important, since missing cycles and other anomalies on the selected reference  
can cause unwanted jitter, wander or frequency offset on the output clocks. When anomalies occur on the selected  
reference they must be detected as soon as possible to give the DPLL opportunity to temporarily disconnect from  
the reference until the reference is available again. By design, the regular input clock activity monitor (the leaky  
bucket accumulator described in section 5.5.2.2) is too slow to be suitable for monitoring the selected reference.  
Instead, the input block provides a fast activity monitor that detects inactivity after a few missing clock cycles (see  
Table 5-4).  
When the fast activity monitor detects a no-activity event, the DPLL immediately enters mini-holdover mode to  
isolate itself from the selected reference and sets the SRFAIL bit in PLL1LSR. The setting of the SRFAIL bit can  
cause an interrupt request if the corresponding enable bit is set in PLL1IER. By setting the appropriate GPIOSS  
register to xx001011b, a GPIO pin can be configured to follow the state of the SRFAIL status bit. Optionally, a no-  
activity event can also cause an ultra-fast reference switch (see Section 5.5.3.4). When DPLLCR5.NALOL = 0  
(default), the DPLL does not declare loss-of-lock during no-activity events. If the selected reference becomes  
available again before any alarms are declared by the activity monitor or frequency monitor, then the DPLL  
continues to track the selected reference using nearest-edge locking (180) to avoid cycle slips. When NALOL =  
1, the DPLL declares loss-of-lock during no-activity events. This causes the DPLL state machine to transition to the  
loss-of-lock state, which sets the STATE bit in PLL1LSR and causes an interrupt request if enabled. If the selected  
reference becomes available again before any alarms are declared by the activity monitor or frequency monitor,  
then the DPLL tracks the selected reference using phase/frequency locking (360) until phase lock is  
reestablished.  
5.5.2.4 External Monitoring  
Some clock signals come from external components that can monitor the quality of a clock signal or the quality of a  
signal from which the clock signal is derived. One example is a BITS receiver, which receives a DS1, E1 or  
2048kHz synchronization signal and recovers a clock from that signal. A BITS receiver monitors the incoming  
signal and can declare loss of signal (LOS), loss of frame alignment (LOF) and other defects in the incoming signal.  
Another example is a synchronous Ethernet PHY, which receives an Ethernet signal and recovers a clock from that  
signal and can declare loss of lock, loss of codeword alignment and other defects.  
When a neighboring component can detect that the incoming signal or the clock recovered from the signal is  
somehow out of specification, a bad-clock signal from that component can be connected to a GPIO pin on the  
device. The device can then be configured to squelch the input clock when the bad-clock signal is high by setting  
ICCR2.GPIOSQ=1 for that input clock. IC1 is squelched when GPIO1 is high. IC2 is squelched when GPIO2 is  
high.  
5.5.3 Input Clock Priority, Selection and Switching  
5.5.3.1 Priority Configuration  
During normal operation, the selected reference for the DPLL is chosen automatically based on the priority  
rankings assigned to the input clocks in the input priority register (IPR1). The default input clock priorities are  
shown in Table 5-5.  
Any unused input clock should be given the priority value 0, which disables the clock and marks it as unavailable  
for selection. Priority 1 is highest while priority 15 is lowest.  
20  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table 5-5. Default Input Clock Priorities  
DPLL  
INPUT CLOCK  
DEFAULT  
PRIORITY  
IC1  
IC2  
1
2
5.5.3.2 Automatic Selection  
The reference selection algorithm for the DPLL chooses the highest-priority valid input clock to be the selected  
reference. The real-time valid/invalid state of each input clock is maintained in the VALSR1 register (see section  
5.5.2). The priority of each input clock is set as described in section 5.5.3.1. To select the proper input clock based  
on these criteria, the selection algorithm maintains a priority table of valid inputs. The top entry in this priority table  
and the selected reference are displayed in the PTAB1 register.  
If two or more input clocks are given the same priority number then those inputs are prioritized among themselves  
using a fixed circular list. If one equal-priority clock is the selected reference but becomes invalid then the next  
equal-priority clock in the list becomes the selected reference. If an equal-priority clock that is not the selected  
reference becomes invalid, it is simply skipped over in the circular list. The selection among equal-priority inputs is  
inherently nonrevertive, and revertive switching mode (see next paragraph) has no effect in the case where  
multiple equal-priority inputs have the highest priority.  
An important input to the selection algorithm is the REVERT bit in the DPLLCR1 register. In revertive mode  
(REVERT = 1), if an input clock with a higher priority than the selected reference becomes valid, the higher priority  
reference immediately becomes the selected reference. In nonrevertive mode (REVERT = 0), the higher priority  
reference does not immediately become the selected reference but does become the highest priority reference in  
the priority table (REF1 field in the PTAB1 register). (The selection algorithm always switches to the highest-priority  
valid input when the selected reference goes invalid, regardless of the state of the REVERT bit.) For many  
applications, nonrevertive mode is preferred because it minimizes disturbances on the output clocks due to  
reference switching.  
In nonrevertive mode, planned switchover to a newly-valid higher priority input clock can be done manually under  
software control. The validation of the new higher priority clock sets the corresponding status bit in the ICLSR  
registers, which can drive an interrupt request if needed. System software can then respond to this change of state  
by briefly enabling revertive mode (toggling REVERT high then back low) to force the switchover to the higher  
priority clock.  
5.5.3.3 Forced Selection  
The DPLLCR1.FORCE register field provides a way to force a specified input clock to be the selected reference for  
the DPLL. In this register field, 0 specifies normal operation with automatic reference selection. Nonzero values  
specify the input clock to be the forced selection. Internally, forcing is accomplished by giving the specified clock  
the highest priority (as specified in PTAB1.REF1). In revertive mode (DPLLCR1.REVERT = 1) the forced clock  
automatically becomes the selected reference (as specified in PTAB1.SELREF) as well. In nonrevertive mode the  
forced clock only becomes the selected reference when the existing selected reference is invalidated or made  
unavailable for selection.  
5.5.3.4 Ultra-Fast Reference Switching  
By default, disqualification of the selected reference and switchover to another reference occurs when the activity  
monitor’s inactivity alarm threshold has been crossed, a process that takes on the order of hundreds of  
milliseconds or seconds. However, an option for extremely fast disqualification and switchover is also available.  
When ultra-fast switching is enabled (DPLLCR1.UFSW = 1), if the fast activity monitor detects a few missing clock  
cycles (see Table 5-4) it declares the reference failed (by forcing the leaky bucket accumulator to its upper  
threshold, see Section 5.5.2.2) and initiates reference switching. This is in addition to setting the SRFAIL bit and  
optionally generating an interrupt request, as described in Section 5.5.2.3. When ultra-fast switching occurs, the  
DPLL transitions to the prelocked 2 state, which allows switching to occur faster by bypassing the loss-of-lock  
state. The device should be in nonrevertive mode when ultra-fast switching is enabled. If the device is in revertive  
mode, ultra-fast switching could cause excessive reference switching when the highest priority input is intermittent.  
21  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.5.3.5 External Reference Switching Mode  
In this mode the SS input pin controls reference switching between the IC1 and IC2 inputs. This mode is enabled  
by setting the EXTSW bit to 1 in the DPLLCR1 register. In this mode, if the SS pin is high, the DPLL is forced to  
lock to input IC1 whether or not the selected input has a valid reference signal. If the SS pin is low the DPLL is  
forced to lock to input IC2 whether or not the selected input has a valid reference signal.  
In external reference switching mode the input selector logic behaves as a simple 2:1 mux, and the DPLL is forced  
to try to lock to the selected reference whether it is valid or not. Unlike forced reference selection (Section 5.5.3.3)  
this mode controls the PTAB1.SELREF field directly and is, therefore, not affected by the state of the  
DPLLCR1.REVERT bit. During external reference switching mode, only PTAB1.SELREF is affected; the REF1 field  
continues to indicate the highest-priority valid input chosen by the automatic selection logic. The priorities of IC1  
and IC2 in the IPR1 register must be non-zero for proper behavior in external reference switching mode.  
5.5.3.6 Output Clock Phase Continuity During Reference Switching  
If phase build-out is enabled (DPLLCR6.PBOEN = 1) or the DPLL frequency limit (HRDLIM) is set to less than  
30ppm, the device always complies with the GR-1244-CORE requirement that the rate of phase change must be  
less than 81ns per 1.326ms during reference switching.  
5.6  
DPLL Architecture and Configuration  
Figure 5-8. DPLL Block Diagram  
DPLL  
Forward  
DFS  
77.76MHz  
DSP  
loop filter, PBO  
holdover, etc.  
Phase/Freq  
Detectors  
Selected Reference  
Clock Out  
Feedback  
DFS  
Digital PLLs have two key benefits: (1) stable, repeatable performance that is insensitive to process variations,  
temperature, and voltage; and (2) flexible behavior that is easily programmed via configuration registers. DPLLs  
use digital frequency synthesis (DFS) to generate various clocks. In DFS a high-speed master clock is multiplied up  
from the local oscillator clock applied to the MCLKOSC pins. This master clock is then digitally divided down to the  
desired output frequency. The DFS output clock has approximately 40ps RMS jitter.  
An APLL can then be used to filter the jitter from the DPLL, reducing the output jitter to less than 1ps RMS,  
measured over 12kHz to 20MHz.  
The DPLL in the device is configurable for many PLL parameters including bandwidth, damping factor, input  
frequency, pull-in/hold-in range, input-to-output phase offset, phase build-out, and more. No knowledge of loop  
equations or gain parameters is required to configure and operate the device. No external components are required  
for the DPLL except a local oscillator or crystal connected to the MCLKOSC pins.  
5.6.1 DPLL State Machine  
The DPLL has three main timing modes: locked, holdover and free-run. The control state machine for the DPLL  
has states for each timing mode as well as three temporary states: prelocked, prelocked 2 and loss-of-lock. The  
state transition diagram is shown in Figure 5-9. Descriptions of each state are given in the paragraphs below.  
During normal operation the state machine controls state transitions. When necessary, however, the state can be  
forced using the DPLLCR2.STATE configuration field.  
22  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Whenever the DPLL changes state, the STATE bit in PLL1LSR is set, which can cause an interrupt request if  
enabled. The current DPLL state can be read from the PLL1SR.STATE.  
Figure 5-9. DPLL State Transition Diagram  
Free-Run  
select ref  
Reset  
(001)  
(selected reference invalid OR  
all input clocks evaluated  
out of lock >100s)  
at least one input valid  
AND no valid input clock  
[selected reference invalid OR  
Prelocked  
out of lock >100s OR  
wait for <=100s  
(revertive mode AND valid higher-priority input)]  
(110)  
AND valid input clock available  
phase-locked to  
selected reference  
[selected reference invalid OR  
(revertive mode AND valid higher-priority input)]  
AND valid input clock available  
Locked  
(100)  
selected reference invalid  
AND  
phase-locked  
to selected  
reference  
no valid input clock available  
phase-lock regained  
on selected reference  
within 100s  
loss-of-lock on  
selected reference  
[selected reference invalid OR  
(selected reference invalid OR  
out of lock >100s) AND  
no valid input clock available  
(revertive mode AND valid higher-priority input)  
OR out of lock >100s] AND  
Prelocked 2  
wait for <=100s  
(101)  
Loss-of-Lock  
wait for <=100s  
(111)  
Holdover  
select ref  
(010)  
valid input clock available  
(selected reference invalid OR  
out of lock >100s) AND  
no valid input clock available  
[selected reference invalid OR  
out of lock >100s OR  
(revertive mode AND valid higher-priority input)]  
AND valid input clock available  
all input clocks evaluated  
at least one input valid  
Notes:  
An input clock is valid when it has no activity alarm, no frequency hard limit alarm, and no phase lock alarm (see the VALSR1 register  
and the ISR register).  
All input clocks are continuously monitored for activity and frequency.  
Only the selected reference is monitored for loss of lock.  
Phase lock is declared internally when the DPLL has maintained phase lock continuously for approximately 1 to 2 seconds.  
To simplify the diagram, the phase-lock timeout period is always shown as 100s, which is the default value of the PHLKTO register.  
Longer or shorter timeout periods can be specified as needed by writing the appropriate value to the PHLKTO register.  
When the selected reference is invalid and the DPLL is not in free-run or holdover, the DPLL is in a temporary holdover state.  
5.6.1.1 Free-Run State  
Free-run is the reset default state. In free-run the DPLL output clock is derived from the local oscillator. The  
frequency of the output clock is a specific multiple of the local oscillator, and the frequency accuracy of the output  
clock is equal to the frequency accuracy of the master clock plus the frequency offset specified by the MCFREQ  
field (see Section 5.3). The state machine transitions from free-run to the prelocked state when a selected  
reference is available at the input of the DPLL.  
23  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.6.1.2 Prelocked State  
The prelocked state provides a 100-second period (default value of PHLKTO register) for the DPLL to lock to the  
selected reference. If phase lock (see Section 5.6.5) is achieved for 2 seconds during this period then the state  
machine transitions to locked mode.  
If the DPLL fails to lock to the selected reference within the phase-lock timeout period specified by PHLKTO then a  
phase lock alarm is raised (corresponding LOCK bit set in the ISR register), invalidating the input (ICn bit goes low  
in the VALSR1 register). If the clock selector block determines that another input clock is valid then the DPLL state  
machine re-enters the prelocked state and tries to lock to the alternate input clock. If no other input clocks are valid  
for two seconds, then the state machine transitions back to the free-run state. Meanwhile, for the invalidated clock,  
the phase lock alarm can automatically timeout after an amount of time specified by the LKATO register (default  
100 seconds) or can be cleared by software writing a 0 to the LOCK bit.  
In revertive mode (DPLLCR1.REVERT = 1), if a higher priority input clock becomes valid during the phase-lock  
timeout period then the state machine re-enters the prelocked state and tries to lock the higher priority input.  
If a phase-lock timeout period longer or shorter than 100 seconds is required for locking, then the PHLKTO register  
must be configured accordingly.  
5.6.1.3 Locked State  
The DPLL state machine can reach the locked state from the prelocked, prelocked 2, or loss-of-lock states when  
the DPLL has locked to the selected reference for at least 2 seconds (see Section 5.6.5). In the locked state the  
output clocks track the phase and frequency of the selected reference.  
While in the locked state, if the selected reference is so impaired that an activity alarm is raised (corresponding  
ACT bit set in the ISR register), then the selected reference is invalidated (ICn bit goes low in the VALSR1  
register), and the state machine immediately transitions to either the prelocked 2 state (if another valid input clock  
is available) or, after being invalid for 2 seconds, to the holdover state (if no other input clock is valid).  
If loss-of-lock (see Section 5.6.5) is declared while in the locked state then the state machine transitions to the loss-  
of-lock state.  
Any of the GPIO pins can be configured to output a signal that is high when the DPLL is in the locked state and low  
when the DPLL is in any other state. See the GPIOSS registers for details.  
5.6.1.4 Loss-of-Lock State  
When the loss-of-lock detectors (see Section 5.6.5) indicate loss of phase lock, the state machine immediately  
transitions from the locked state to the loss-of-lock state. In the loss-of-lock state the DPLL tries for 100 seconds  
(default value of PHLKTO register) to regain phase lock. If phase lock is regained during that period for more than  
2 seconds, the state machine transitions back to the locked state.  
If, during the phase-lock timeout period specified by PHLKTO, the selected reference is so impaired that an activity  
alarm or a hard frequency limit alarm is raised (corresponding ACT or HARD bit set in the ISR register), then the  
selected reference is invalidated (ICn bit goes low in the VALSR1 register), and after being invalid for 2 seconds  
the state machine transitions to either the prelocked 2 state (if another valid input clock is available) or the holdover  
state (if no other input clock is valid).  
If phase lock cannot be regained by the end of the phase-lock timeout period then a phase lock alarm is raised  
(corresponding LOCK bit set in the ISR register), the selected reference is invalidated (ICn bit goes low in VALSR  
registers), and the state machine transitions to either the prelocked 2 state (if another valid input clock is available)  
or, after being invalid for 2 seconds, to the holdover state (if no other input clock is valid). The phase lock alarm can  
automatically timeout after an amount of time specified by the LKATO register (default 100 seconds) or can be  
cleared by software writing a 0 to the LOCK bit.  
24  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Note that if PHLKTO[5:0]=0 then the phase lock timeout is disabled, and the DPLL can remain indefinitely in the  
loss-of-lock state. Also, if LKATO[5:0]=0, the lock alarm timeout is disabled, and any phase lock alarm remains  
active until cleared by software writing a 0 to the LOCK bit.  
5.6.1.5 Prelocked 2 State  
The prelocked and prelocked 2 states are similar. The prelocked 2 state provides a 100-second period (default  
value of PHLKTO register) for the DPLL to lock to the new selected reference. If phase lock (see Section 5.6.5) is  
achieved for more than 2 seconds during this period then the state machine transitions to locked mode.  
If the DPLL fails to lock to the new selected reference within the phase-lock timeout period specified by PHLKTO  
then a phase lock alarm is raised (corresponding LOCK bit set in the ISR register), invalidating the input (ICn bit  
goes low in the VALSR1 register). If the clock selector block determines that another input clock is valid then the  
state machine re-enters the prelocked 2 state and tries to lock to the alternate input clock. If no other input clocks  
are valid for 2 seconds, the state machine transitions to the holdover state. Meanwhile, for the invalidated clock, the  
phase lock alarm can automatically timeout after an amount of time specified by the LKATO register (default 100  
seconds) or can be cleared by software writing a 0 to the LOCK bit.  
In revertive mode (DPLLCR1.REVERT = 1), if a higher priority input clock becomes valid during the phase-lock  
timeout period then the state machine re-enters the prelocked 2 state and tries to lock to the higher priority input.  
If a phase-lock timeout period longer or shorter than 100 seconds is required for locking, then the PHLKTO register  
must be configured accordingly.  
5.6.1.6 Holdover State  
The device reaches the holdover state when it declares its selected reference invalid for 2 seconds and has no  
other valid input clocks available. During holdover the DPLL is not phase locked to any input clock but instead  
generates its output frequency from stored frequency information acquired while it was in the locked state. When at  
least one input clock has been declared valid the state machine immediately transitions from holdover to the  
prelocked 2 state and tries to lock to the highest priority valid clock.  
5.6.1.6.1 Instantaneous Holdover  
In instantaneous mode (DPLLCR2.HOMODE = 00), the holdover frequency is set to the DPLL’s current frequency  
(i.e., the value of the FREQ field) 50 to 100 ms before entry into holdover. The FREQ field is the DPLL’s integral  
path and therefore is an average frequency with a rate of change inversely proportional to the DPLL bandwidth.  
The DPLL’s proportional path is not used in order to minimize the effect of recent phase disturbances on the  
holdover frequency.  
5.6.1.6.2 Manual Holdover  
For manual holdover (DPLLCR2.HOMODE = 01), the holdover frequency is set by the HOFREQ field.  
For free-run operation the HOFREQ field can be set to zero. When this is done the output frequency accuracy is  
generated with the accuracy of the external oscillator frequency, modified by the setting of the MCFREQ field.  
For numerically controlled oscillator (NCO) operation, the HOFREQ field can be controlled by system software.  
5.6.1.7 Mini-Holdover  
When the selected reference fails, the fast activity monitor (section 5.5.2.3) isolates the DPLL from the reference  
within one or two clock cycles to avoid adverse effects on the DPLL frequency. When this fast isolation occurs, the  
DPLL enters a temporary mini-holdover mode, with a mini-holdover frequency as specified by DPLLCR2.MINIHO.  
Mini-holdover lasts until the selected reference returns or a new input clock has been chosen as the selected  
reference or the state machine enters the holdover state.  
25  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.6.2 Bandwidth  
The bandwidth of the DPLL is configured by the DPLLCR3.ABW and DPLLCR4.LBW fields for various values from  
4Hz to 400Hz. The DPLLCR6.AUTOBW bit controls automatic bandwidth selection. When AUTOBW = 1, the DPLL  
uses the ABW bandwidth during acquisition (not phase locked) and the LBW bandwidth when phase locked. When  
AUTOBW = 0 the DPLL uses the LBW bandwidth all the time, both during acquisition and when phase locked.  
When DPLLCR6.LIMINT = 1, the DPLL’s integral path is limited (i.e., frozen) when the DPLL reaches minimum or  
maximum frequency. Setting LIMINT = 1 minimizes overshoot when the DPLL is pulling in.  
5.6.3 Damping Factor  
The damping factor for the DPLL is configured in the DPLLCR3.ADAMP and DPLLCR4.LDAMP fields The reset  
default damping factor is chosen to give a maximum jitter/wander gain peak of approximately 0.1dB. Available  
settings are a function of DPLL bandwidth (section 5.6.2). See Table 5-6.  
Table 5-6. Damping Factors and Peak Jitter/Wander Gain  
BANDWIDTH  
(Hz)  
DAMP[2:0]  
VALUE  
DAMPING  
FACTOR  
GAIN PEAK  
(dB)  
0.1 to 4  
8
1, 2, 3, 4, 5  
5
0.1  
1
2.5  
5
1.2  
2.5  
5
1.2  
2.5  
5
10  
1.2  
2.5  
5
0.2  
0.1  
0.4  
0.2  
0.1  
0.4  
0.2  
0.1  
0.06  
0.4  
0.2  
0.1  
0.06  
0.03  
2, 3, 4, 5  
1
2
18  
35  
3, 4, 5  
1
2
3
4, 5  
1
2
3
4
5
70 to 400  
10  
20  
5.6.4 Phase Detectors  
Phase detectors are used to compare the DPLL’s feedback clock with its input clock. Two phase detectors are  
available in the DPLL:  
Phase/frequency detector (PFD)  
Multicycle phase detector (MCPD) for large input jitter tolerance and/or faster lock times  
These detectors can be used in combination to give fine phase resolution combined with large jitter tolerance. As  
with the rest of the DPLL logic, the phase detectors operate at input frequencies up to 77.76MHz. The multicycle  
phase detector detects and remembers phase differences of many cycles (up to 8191UI). When locking to 8kHz or  
lower, the normal phase/frequency detector is always used.  
The DPLL phase detectors can be configured for normal phase/frequency locking (360capture) or nearest-edge  
phase locking (180capture). With nearest-edge locking the phase detectors are immune to occasional missing  
clock cycles. The DPLL automatically switches to nearest-edge locking when the multicycle phase detector is  
disabled and the PFD determines that phase lock has been achieved. Setting DPLLCR5.D180 = 1 disables  
nearest-edge locking and forces the DPLL to use phase/frequency locking.  
26  
 
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
The multicycle phase detector is enabled by setting DPLLCR5.MCPDEN = 1. The range of the MCPDfrom 1UI  
up to 8191UIis configured in the PHLIM.COARSELIM field. The MCPD tracks phase position over many clock  
cycles, giving high jitter tolerance.  
When DPLLCR5.USEMCPD = 1, the MCPD is used in the DPLL loop, giving faster pull-in but more overshoot. In  
this mode the loop has behavior similar to a scenario where the input clock is divided down and the lock frequency  
is 8kHz or 2kHz. In both cases large phase differences contribute to the dynamics of the loop. When enabled by  
MCPDEN = 1, the MCPD tracks the phase position whether or not it is used in the DPLL loop.  
When the input clock is divided before being sent to the phase detector, the divider output clock edge gets aligned  
to the feedback clock edge before the DPLL starts to lock to a new input clock signal or after the input clock signal  
has a temporary signal loss. This helps ensure locking to the nearest input clock edge which reduces output  
transients and decreases lock times.  
5.6.5 Loss of Phase Lock Detection  
Loss of phase lock can be triggered by any of the following:  
The fine phase limit  
The coarse limit  
Hard frequency limit  
Inactivity detector  
The fine phase limit is enabled by setting DPLLCR5.FLEN = 1 and configured in the PHLIM.FINELIM field.  
The coarse phase limit is enabled by setting DPLLCR5.CLEN = 1 and configured in the PHLIM.COARSELIM field.  
This coarse phase limit is part of the multicycle phase detector (MCPD) described in Section 5.6.4. The  
COARSELIM field sets both the MCPD range and the coarse phase limit, since the two are equivalent. If loss of  
phase lock should not be declared for multiple-UI input jitter then the fine phase limit should be disabled and the  
coarse phase limit should be used instead.  
The hard frequency limit detector is enabled by setting DPLLCR5.FLLOL = 1. The hard limit is configured in the  
HRDLIM field. When the DPLL frequency reaches the hard limit, loss-of-lock is declared. The DPLL also has a  
frequency soft limit specified in the SOFTLIM register. Exceeding the soft frequency limit causes the SOFT status  
bit in the PLL1SR register to be set but does not cause loss-of-lock to be declared.  
The inactivity detector is enabled by setting DPLLCR5.NALOL = 1. When this detector is enabled the DPLL  
declares loss-of-lock after the selected reference has a few missing clock cycles (see Table 5-4).  
When the DPLL declares loss of phase lock, the PALARM bit is set in PLL1SR, and the state machine immediately  
transitions to the loss-of-lock state, which sets the STATE bit in the PLL1LSR register and causes an interrupt  
request if enabled.  
5.6.6 Phase Monitor and Phase Build-Out  
5.6.6.1 Phase Monitor  
The DPLL has a phase monitor that measures the phase error between the input clock reference and the DPLL  
output clock. The phase monitor is enabled by setting PHMON.PMEN = 1. When the DPLL is set for low  
bandwidth, a phase transient on the input causes an immediate phase error that is gradually reduced as the DPLL  
tracks the input. When the measured phase error exceeds the limit set in the PHMON.PHMONLIM field, the phase  
monitor declares a phase monitor alarm by setting the PLL1LSR.PHMON. The PHMONLIM field can specify a limit  
ranging from about 1s to about 3.5s.  
5.6.6.2 Phase Build-Out in Response to Input Phase Transients  
See Telcordia GR-1244-CORE Section 5.7 for an explanation of phase build-out (PBO) and the requirement for  
Stratum 3E clocks to perform PBO in response to input phase transients.  
27  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
When the phase monitor is enabled (as described in Section 5.6.6.1) and PHMON.PMPBEN = 1, the DPLL  
automatically triggers PBO events in response to input transients greater than the limit set in PHMON.PHMONLIM.  
The range of limits available in the PHMONLIM field allows the DPLL to be configured to build out input transients  
greater than 3.5s, greater than 1s, or any threshold in between.  
To determine when to perform PBO, the phase monitor watches for phase changes greater than 100ns in a 10ms  
interval on the selected reference. When such a phase change occurs, an internal 0.1 second timer is started. If  
during this interval the phase change is greater than the PHMONLIM threshold then a PBO event occurs. During a  
PBO event the device enters a temporary holdover state in which the phase difference between the selected  
reference and the output is measured and fed into the DPLL loop to absorb the input transient. After a PBO event,  
regardless of the input phase transient, the output phase transient is less than or equal to 1ns. Phase build-out can  
be frozen at the current phase offset by setting DPLLCR6.PBOFRZ = 1. When PBO is frozen the DPLL ignores  
subsequent phase build-out events and maintains the current phase offset between input and outputs.  
5.6.6.3 Automatic Phase Build-Out in Response to Reference Switching  
When DPLLCR6.PBOEN = 0, phase build-out is not performed during reference switching, and the DPLL always  
locks to the selected reference at zero degrees of phase. With PBO disabled, transitions from a failed reference to  
the next highest priority reference and transitions from holdover or free-run to locked mode cause phase transients  
on output clocks as the DPLL moves from its previous phase to the phase of the new selected reference.  
When DPLLCR6.PBOEN = 1, phase build-out is performed during reference switching (or exiting from holdover).  
With PBO enabled, if the selected reference fails and another valid reference is available then the device enters a  
temporary holdover state in which the phase difference between the new reference and the output is measured and  
fed into the DPLL loop to absorb the input phase difference. Similarly, during transitions from full-holdover, mini-  
holdover or free-run to locked mode, the phase difference between the new reference and the output is measured  
and fed into the DPLL loop to absorb the input phase difference. After a PBO event, regardless of the input phase  
difference, the output phase transient is less than or equal to 1ns.  
Any time that PBO is enabled it can also be frozen at the current phase offset by setting DPLLCR6.PBOFRZ = 1.  
When PBO is frozen the DPLL ignores subsequent phase build-out events and maintains the current phase offset  
between inputs and outputs.  
Disabling PBO while the DPLL is not in the free-run or holdover states (locking or locked) will cause a phase  
change on the output clocks while the DPLL switches to tracking the selected reference with zero degrees of phase  
error. The rate of phase change on the output clocks depends on the DPLL bandwidth. Enabling PBO (which  
includes un-freezing) while locking or locked also causes a PBO event.  
5.6.6.4 Manual Phase Build-Out Control  
Software can have manual control over phase build-out, if required. Initial configuration for manual PBO involves  
locking to an input clock with frequency 6.48MHz, setting DPLLCR6.PBOEN = 0 and PHMON.PMPBEN = 0 to  
disable automatic phase build-out, and setting PHMON.PMEN = 1 and the proper phase limit in  
PHMON.PHMONLIM to enable monitoring for a phase transient.  
During operation, software can monitor for either a phase transient (PLL1LSR.PHMON = 1) or a DPLL state  
change (PLL1LSR.STATE = 1). When either event occurs, software can perform the following procedure to  
execute a manual phase build-out (PBO) event:  
1) Read the phase offset from the PHASE registers to decide whether or not to initiate a PBO event.  
2) If a PBO event is desired then save the phase offset and set DPLLCR6.PBOEN to cause a PBO event.  
3) When the PBO event is complete (wait for a timeout and/or PHASE = 0), write the manual phase offset  
registers (OFFSET) with the phase offset read earlier. (Note: the PHASE register is in degrees, the  
OFFSET register is in picoseconds)  
4) Clear DPLLCR6.PBOEN and wait for the next event that may need a manual PBO.  
28  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.6.7 Manual Phase Adjustment  
When phase build-out is disabled (DPLLCR6.PBOEN = 0), the OFFSET field can be used to adjust the phase of  
the DPLL’s output clock with respect to its input clock. Output phase offset can be adjusted over a 200ns range in  
6ps increments. This phase adjustment occurs in the feedback clock so that the output clocks are adjusted to  
compensate. The rate of change is therefore a function of DPLL bandwidth. Simply writing to the OFFSET registers  
with phase build-out disabled causes a change in the input to output phase, which can be considered to be a delay  
adjustment. Changing the OFFSET adjustment while in free-run or holdover state will not cause an output phase  
offset until the DPLL enters one of the locking states.  
5.6.8 Frequency and Phase Measurement  
If the DPLL is otherwise unused, it can be employed as a high-resolution frequency and phase measurement  
system. As described in Section 5.5.2.1, the input clock frequency monitors report measured frequency with  
~1.25ppm resolution. For higher resolution frequency measurement, the DPLL can be used. When the DPLL is  
locked to an input clock, the frequency of the DPLL, and therefore of the input clock, is reported in the FREQ field.  
This frequency measurement has a resolution of 3.7427766E-8ppm over a 80ppm range. The value read from the  
FREQ field is the DPLL’s integral path value, which is an averaged measurement with an averaging time inversely  
proportional to DPLL bandwidth. The reference for frequency measurements is the frequency of the master clock  
signal plus the frequency offset specified by the the MCFREQ field.  
DPLL phase measurements can be read from the PHASE field. This field indicates the phase difference between  
the input clock and the feedback clock. This phase measurement has a resolution of approximately 0.707 degrees  
and is internally averaged with a -3dB attenuation point of approximately 100Hz. Thus for low DPLL bandwidths the  
PHASE field gives input phase wander in the frequency band from the DPLL corner frequency up to 100Hz. This  
information could be used by software to compute a crude MTIE measurement.  
5.6.9 Input Wander and Jitter Tolerance  
Wander is tolerated up to the point where wander causes an apparent long-term frequency offset larger than the  
limits specified in the ICRHLIM register. In such a situation the input clock would be declared invalid. When using  
the 360/180phase/frequency detector, jitter can be tolerated up to the point of eye closure. The multicycle  
phase detector (see Section 5.6.4) should be used for high jitter tolerance.  
5.6.10 Jitter and Wander Transfer  
The transfer of jitter and wander from the selected reference to the output clocks has a programmable transfer  
function that is determined by the DPLL bandwidth. (See section 5.6.2.) The 3dB corner frequency of the jitter  
transfer function can be set to any of a number of values from 4Hz to 400Hz.  
During locked mode, the transfer of wander from the local oscillator clock (connected to the MCLKOSC pins) to the  
output clocks is not significant as long as the DPLL bandwidth is set high enough to allow the DPLL to quickly  
compensate for oscillator frequency changes. During free-run and holdover modes, local oscillator wander has a  
much more significant effect. See section 5.3.1.  
5.6.11 Output Jitter and Wander  
Several factors contribute to jitter and wander on the output clocks, including:  
Jitter and wander amplitude on the selected reference (while in the locked state)  
The jitter/wander transfer characteristic of the device (while in the locked state)  
The jitter and wander on the local oscillator clock signal (especially wander while in the  
holdover state)  
The DPLL has programmable bandwidth (see Section 5.6.2). With respect to jitter and wander, the DPLL behaves  
as a low-pass filter with a programmable pole. The bandwidth of the DPLL is normally set low enough to strongly  
attenuate jitter. The wander and jitter attenuation depends on the DPLL bandwidth chosen.  
29  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Over time frequency changes in the local oscillator can cause a phase difference between the selected reference  
and the output clocks. This is especially true at lower frequency DPLL bandwidths because the DPLL’s rate of  
change may be slower than the oscillator’s rate of change. Oscillators with better stability will minimize this effect.  
5.6.12 ±160ppm Tracking Range Mode  
The DPLL has an optional mode where the resolution and range of all internal frequency offsets are scaled up by a  
factor of two. This mode is useful in systems where DPLL pull-in and hold-in range must be larger than the normal  
±80ppm maximum. To enable this mode, set DPLLCR1.PPM160.  
When this mode is enabled the value of an lsb and the range of the following fields are doubled: HRDLIM,  
SOFTLIM, HOFREQ and FREQ. In addition the DPLL bandwidths listed in DPLLCR3.ABW and DPLLCR4.LBW  
are doubled, and the damping factors listed in DPLLCR3.ADAMP and DPLLCR4.LDAMP are multiplied by the  
square root of 2.  
5.7  
APLL Configuration  
5.7.1 Input Selection and Frequency  
5.7.1.1 APLL-Only Mode  
In APLL-Only mode (APLLCR2.APLLMUX=0xx) the APLLs lock to the crystal oscillator, the external oscillator  
connected to the MCLKOSCP/N pins, the IC1 clock signal or the IC2 clock signal. See section 5.2.1 for details and  
diagrams.  
The input to each APLL can be controlled by the SS input pin or by the APLLCR2.APLLMUX register field. When  
APLLCR2.EXTSW=0, the APLLCR2.APLLMUX register field controls the APLL input mux.  
When APLLCR2.EXTSW=1, the SS input pin controls the APLL input mux. When SS=0, the mux selects the input  
specified by APLLCR2.APLLMUX. When SS=1, the mux selects the input specified by APLLCR2.ALTMUX.  
In APLL-Only mode the APLL input signal must be in the range 9.72MHz to 102.4MHz. For faster input  
frequencies, the APLL's input divider can be configured to divide the signal by 2, 4 or 8 (APLLCR2.AIDIV) to get a  
frequency in the APLL's locking range. Note the higher APLL input frequencies give lower output jitter, all else  
being equal.  
5.7.1.2 DPLL+APLL Mode  
In DPLL+APLL mode (APLLCR2.APLLMUX=100) APLL1 locks to the DPLL output clock signal while APLL2  
synthesizes the master clock for the DPLL and the input block. The DPLL uses digital frequency synthesis (DFS) to  
synthesize its output clock. The DFS block has two modes of operation. When DFSCR1.DFSFREQ1111, the DFS  
block synthesizes one of 15 common telecom, datacom or Nx10MHz frequencies. When DFSFREQ=1111, the  
DFS block is configured for programmable DFS mode in which it can synthesize any multiple of 2kHz from  
38.88MHz to 77.76MHz. The MAX24705/MAX24710 EV kit software makes configuration in programmable DFS  
mode easy.  
30  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.7.2 Output Frequency  
Figure 5-10. APLL Block Diagram  
APLL  
APLLCR1.HSDIV[2:0]  
Input  
Divider  
(÷1, 2, 4, 8)  
Phase/  
Freq  
Detector  
High-Speed  
Divider  
(÷ 4.5 to 15)  
Clock to  
Output  
Dividers  
VCO  
3.7 to 4.2  
GHz  
Loop  
Filter  
Clock from  
APLL Mux  
APLLCR2.  
AIDIV[1:0]  
Feedback  
Divider  
(fractional)  
Input Frequency Range: AFBDIV[74:0], AFBREM,  
9.72MHz to 102MHz AFBDEN, AFBBP  
250MHz to 750MHz  
An APLL is enabled when APLLCR1.APLLEN=1. The APLLs have a fractional-N architecture and therefore can  
produce output frequencies that are either integer or non-integer multiples of the input clock frequency. Figure 5-10  
shows a block diagram of the APLL, which is built around an ultra-low-jitter multi-GHz VCO. Register fields  
AFBDIV, AFBREM, AFBDEN and AFBBP configure the frequency multiplication ratio of the APLL. The  
APLLCR1.HSDIV field specifies how the VCO frequency is divided down by the high-speed divider. Dividing by six  
is the typical setting to produce 622.08MHz for SDH/SONET or 625MHz for Ethernet applications. The HSDIV  
divider produces a clock signal with a 50% duty cycle for all divider values including odd numbers.  
Internally, the exact APLL feedback divider value is expressed in the form AFBDIV + AFBREM / AFBDEN *  
2-(66-AFBBP). This feedback divider value must be chosen such that APLL_input_frequency * feedback_divider_value  
is in the operating range of the VCO (as specified in Table 8-7). The AFBDIV term is a fixed-point number with 9  
integer bits and a configurable number of fractional bits (up to 66, as specified by AFBBP). Typically AFBBP is set  
to 42 to specify that AFBDIV has 66 42 = 24 fractional bits. Using more than 24 fractional bits does not yield a  
detectable benefit. Using less than 12 fractional bits is not recommended.  
The following equations show how to calculate the feedback divider values for the situation where the APLL should  
multiply the APLL input frequency by integer M and also fractionally scale by the ratio of integers N / D. In other  
words, VCO_frequency = input_frequency * M * N / D. An example of this is multiplying 77.76MHz from the DPLL  
by M=48 and scaling by N / D = 255 / 237 for forward error correction applications.  
AFBDIV = trunc(M * N / D * 224)  
lsb_fraction = M * N / D * 224 AFBDIV  
AFBDEN = D  
(1)  
(2)  
(3)  
(4)  
(5)  
AFBREM = round(lsb_fraction * AFBDEN)  
AFBBP = 66 24 = 42  
The trunc() function returns only the integer portion of the number. The round() function rounds the number to the  
nearest integer. In Equation (1), AFBDIV is set to the full-precision feedback divider value, M * N / D, truncated  
after the 24th fractional bit. In Equation (2) the temporary variable 'lsb_fraction' is the fraction that was truncated in  
Equation (1) and therefore is not represented in the AFBDIV value. In Equation (3), AFBDEN is set to the  
denominator of the original M * N / D ratio. In Equation (4), AFBREM is calculated as the integer numerator of a  
fraction (with denominator AFBDEN) that equals the 'lsb_fraction' temporary variable. Finally, in Equation (5)  
AFBBP is set to 66 24 = 42 to correspond with AFBDIV having 24 fractional bits.  
31  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
When a fractional scaling scenario involves multiplying an integer M times multiple scaling ratios N1 / D1 through  
Nn / Dn, the equations above can still be used if the numerators are multiplied together to get N = N1 x N2 x … x Nn  
and the denominators are multiplied together to get D = D1 x D2 x … x Dn.  
Note that one easy way to calculate the exact values to write to the APLL registers is to use the  
MAX24705/MAX24710 evaluation board software, available on the MAX24705/MAX24710 page of Microsemi’s  
website. This software can be used even when no evaluation board is attached to the computer.  
Note: After the APLL's feedback divider settings are configured in register fields AFBDIV, AFBREM, AFBDEN and  
AFBBP, the APLL enable bit APLLCR1.APLLEN must be changed from 0 to 1 to cause the APLL to reacquire lock  
with the new settings.  
5.8  
Output Clock Configuration  
The MAX24705 has five output clock signals. The MAX24710 has ten output clock signals. Each output has  
individual divider, enable and signal format controls.  
5.8.1 Enable, Signal Format, Voltage and Interfacing  
Using the OCCR2.OCSF register field, each output pair can be disabled or configured as a CML output, an HSTL  
output, or one or two CMOS outputs. When an output is disabled it is high impedance and the output driver is in a  
low-power state. In CMOS mode, the OCxNEG pin can be disabled, in phase or inverted vs. the OCxPOS pin. In  
CML mode the normal 800mV VOD differential voltage is available as well as a lower-power 400mV VOD. All of these  
options are specified by OCCR2.OCSF.  
Device clock outputs are grouped into four banks as shown below:  
Bank MAX24705 Outputs MAX24710 Outputs  
A
B
C
D
OC1, OC2  
OC3  
OC8  
OC1, OC2  
OC3, OC4, OC5  
OC6, OC7, OC8  
OC9, OC10  
OC10  
Each bank has its own power supply and ground pin to allow CMOS or HSTL signal swing from 1.5V to 3.3V for  
glueless interfacing to neighboring components. If OCSF is set to HSTL mode then a 1.5V power supply voltage  
should be used to get a standards-compliant HSTL output.  
Note that differential (CML) outputs must have a bank power supply of 3.3V. If other outputs in that bank are  
configured for CMOS operation, the CMOS outputs will also have a 3.3V power supply. However, CMOS outputs  
from that bank can be externally attenuated using resistor divider networks if needed.  
The differential outputs can be easily interfaced to LVDS, LVPECL, CML, HSTL and other differential inputs on  
neighboring ICs using a few external passive components. See App Note HFAN-1.0 for details.  
5.8.2 Frequency Configuration  
The frequency of each output is determined by which APLL it is connected to, the configuration the APLL and the  
per-output dividers. Each bank of outputs can be connected to either APLL1 or APLL2. The register fields to control  
the bank muxes are AMUX, BMUX, CMUX and DMUX, respectively, in the MCR1 register.  
Each output has two output dividers, a 7-bit medium-speed divider (OCCR1.MSDIV) and a 24-bit output divider  
(OCDIV registers). These dividers are in series, medium-speed divider first then output divider. These dividers  
produce signals with 50% duty cycle for all divider values including odd numbers.  
Since each output has its own independent dividers, the device can output families of related frequencies that have  
an APLL output frequency as a common multiple. For example, for Ethernet clocks, a 625MHz APLL output clock  
can be divided by four for some outputs to get 156.25MHz, divided by five for other outputs to get 125MHz, and  
32  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
divided by 25 for other outputs to get 25MHz. Similarly, for SDH/SONET clocks, a 622.08MHz APLL output clock  
can be divided by 4 to get 155.52MHz, by 8 to get 77.76MHz, by 16 to get 38.88MHz or by 32 to get 19.44MHz.  
Various divisors of the APLL output clock can be brought out on any combination of outputs. For the very lowest  
output jitter, however, frequencies such as 156.25MHz and 125MHz that are not integer divisors of one another  
should come from separate banks whenever possible.  
5.8.3 Phase Adjustment  
The phase of an output signal can be shifted by 180by setting OCCR1.POL=1. In addition, the phase can be  
adjusted using the OCCR3.PHADJ register field. The adjustment is in units of APLL output clock cycles. For  
example, if the APLL output frequency is 625MHz then one APLL output clock cycle is 1.6ns, the smallest phase  
adjustment is 0.8ns, and the adjustment range is ±5.6ns.  
33  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.9  
Microprocessor Interface  
The device presents a SPI slave port on the CS_N, SCLK, SDI, and SDO pins. SPI is a widely used master/slave  
bus protocol that allows a master and one or more slaves to communicate over a serial bus. The device is always  
a slave. Masters are typically microprocessors, ASICs or FPGAs. Data transfers are always initiated by the master,  
which also generates the SCLK signal. The device receives serial data on the SDI pin and transmits serial data on  
the SDO pin. SDO is high impedance except when the device is transmitting data to the bus master.  
Bit Order. The register address and all data bytes are transmitted most significant bit first on both SDI and SDO.  
Clock Polarity and Phase. The device latches data on SDI on the rising edge of SCLK and updates data on SDO  
on the falling edge of SCLK. SCLK does not have to toggle between accesses, i.e., when CS_N is high.  
Device Selection. Each SPI device has its own chip-select line. To select the device, the bus master drives its  
CS_N pin low.  
Command and Address. After driving CS_N low, the bus master transmits an 8-bit command followed by a 16-bit  
register address. The available commands are shown below.  
Command  
Write Enable  
Write  
Read  
Read Status  
Hex  
Bit Order, Left to Right  
0000 0110  
0000 0010  
0000 0011  
0000 0101  
0x06  
0x02  
0x03  
0x05  
Read Transactions. The device registers are accessible when EESEL=0. The internal EEPROM memory is  
accessible when EESEL=1. See section 6.1.3. After driving CS_N low, the bus master transmits the read  
command followed by the 16-bit register address. The device then responds with the requested data byte on SDO,  
increments its address counter, and prefetches the next data byte. If the bus master continues to demand data, the  
device continues to provide the data on SDO, increment its address counter, and prefetch the following byte. The  
read transaction is completed when the bus master drives CS_N high. See Figure 5-11.  
Register Write Transactions. The device registers are accessible when EESEL=0. After driving CS_N low, the  
bus master transmits the write command followed by the 16-bit register address followed by the first data byte to be  
written. The device receives the first data byte on SDI, writes it to the specified register, increments its internal  
address register, and prepares to receive the next data byte. If the master continues to transmit, the device  
continues to write the data received and increment its address counter. The write transaction is completed when  
the bus master drives CS_N high. See Figure 5-13.  
EEPROM Writes. The EEPROM memory is accessible when EESEL=1. After driving CS_N low, the bus master  
transmits the write enable command and then drives CS_N high to set the internal write enable latch. The bus  
master then drives CS_N low again and transmits the write command followed by the 16-bit register address  
followed by the first data byte to be written. The device first copies the page to be written from EEPROM to its page  
buffer. The device then receives the first data byte on SDI, writes it to its page buffer, increments its internal  
address register, and prepares to receive the next data byte. If the master continues to transmit, the device  
continues to write the data received to its page buffer and continues to increment its address counter. The address  
counter rolls over at the 32-byte boundary (i.e. when the five least-significant address bits are 11111). When the  
bus master drives CS_N high, device transfers the data in the page buffer to the appropriate page in the EEPROM  
memory. See Figure 5-12 and Figure 5-13.  
EEPROM Read Status. After the bus master drives CS_N high to end an EEPROM write command, the EEPROM  
memory is not accessible for up to 5ms while the data is transferred from the page buffer. To determine when this  
transfer is complete, the bus master can use the Read Status command. After driving CS_N low, the bus master  
transmits the Read Status command. The device then responds with the status byte on SDO. In this byte, the least  
significant bit is set to 1 if the transfer is still in progress and 0 if the transfer has completed.  
34  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Early Termination of Bus Transactions. The bus master can terminate SPI bus transactions at any time by  
pulling CS_N high. In response to early terminations, the device resets its SPI interface logic and waits for the start  
of the next transaction. If a register write transaction is terminated prior to the SCLK edge that latches the least  
significant bit of a data byte, the data byte is not written. If an EEPROM write transaction is terminated prior to the  
SCLK edge that latches the least significant bit of a data byte, none of the bytes in that write transaction are written.  
Design Option: Wiring SDI and SDO Together. Because communication between the bus master and the device  
is half-duplex, the SDI and SDO pins can be wired together externally to reduce wire count. To support this option,  
the bus master must not drive the SDI/SDO line when the device is transmitting.  
AC Timing. See Table 8-13 and Figure 8-4 for AC timing specifications for the SPI interface.  
Figure 5-11. SPI Read Transaction Functional Timing  
CS  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31  
SCLK  
Command  
16-bit Address  
15 14 13  
SDI  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
0
Data Byte1  
Data Byte n  
SDO  
High Impedance  
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Figure 5-12. SPI Write Enable Transaction Functional Timing  
CS  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
SCLK  
SDI  
Command  
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
Figure 5-13. SPI Write Transaction Functional Timing  
CS  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10  
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31  
SCLK  
SDI  
Command  
16-bit Address  
15 14 13  
Data Byte 1  
Data Byte n  
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
35  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
5.10 Reset Logic  
The device has three reset controls: the RST_N pin, the RST bit in MCR1, and the JTAG reset pin JTRST_N. The  
RST_N pin asynchronously resets the entire device, except for the JTAG logic. When the RST_N pin is low all  
internal registers are reset to their default values, including those fields which latch their default values from, or  
based on, the states of configuration input pins when the RST_N goes high. The RST_N pin must be asserted  
once after power-up while the external oscillator is stabilizing. Reset should be asserted for at least 100ns.  
The MCR1.RST bit resets the entire device (except for the microprocessor interface, the JTAG logic and the RST  
bit itself), but when RST is active, the register fields with pin-programmed defaults do not latch their values from, or  
based on, the corresponding input pins. Instead these fields are reset to the default values that were latched when  
the RST_N pin was last active.  
Microsemi recommends holding RST_N low while the external oscillator starts up and stabilizes. An incorrect reset  
condition could result if RST_N is released before the oscillator has started up completely.  
Important: System software must wait at least 100µs after reset (RST_N pin or RST bit) is deasserted before  
initializing the device as described in section 5.12.  
5.11 Power-Supply Considerations  
Due to the multi-power-supply nature of the device, some I/Os have parasitic diodes between a <3.3V supply and a  
3.3V supply. When ramping power supplies up or down, care must be taken to avoid forward-biasing these diodes  
because it could cause latchup. Two methods are available to prevent this. The first method is to place a Schottky  
diode external to the device between the <3.3V supply and the 3.3V supply to force the 3.3V supply to be within  
one parasitic diode drop of the <3.3V supply. The second method is to ramp up the 3.3V supply first and then ramp  
up the <3.3V supply.  
5.12 Initialization and EEPROM Configuration Memory  
After power-up or reset, a series of writes must be done to the device to tune it for optimal performance. This series  
of writes is called the initialization script. Each die revision has a different initialization script. Download the latest  
initialization scripts from the MAX24705/MAX24710 page of Microsemi's website or contact Microsemi timing  
products technical support. The initialization script must be part of the self-configuration script stored in the device’s  
internal EEPROM memory. The MAX24705/MAX24710 EV kit software automatically includes the correct  
initialization script in configuration scripts it creates.  
36  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
6. Register Descriptions  
The device has an overall address range from 000h to 1FFh. Table 6-1 in Section 6.2 shows the register map. In  
each register, bit 7 is the MSB and bit 0 is the LSB. Register addresses not listed and bits marked “—“ are reserved  
and must be written with 0. Writing other values to these registers may put the device in a factory test mode  
resulting in undefined operation. Bits labeled “0” or “1” must be written with that value for proper operation. Register  
fields with underlined names are read-only fields; writes to these fields have no effect. All other fields are read-  
write. Register fields are described in detail in the register descriptions that follow Table 6-1.  
6.1  
Register Types  
6.1.1 Status Bits  
The device has two types of status bits. Real-time status bits are read-only and indicate the state of a signal at the  
time it is read. Latched status bits are set when a signal changes state (low-to-high, high-to-low, or both, depending  
on the bit) and cleared when written with a logic 1 value. Writing a 0 has no effect. When set, some latched status  
bits can cause an interrupt request if enabled to do so by corresponding interrupt enable bits. The LOCK bits in the  
ISR register are special-case latched status bits because they cannot create an interrupt request, and a “write 0” is  
needed to clear them.  
6.1.2 Configuration Fields  
Configuration fields are read-write. During reset, each configuration field reverts to the default value shown in the  
register definition. Configuration register bits marked “—“ are reserved and must be written with 0.  
6.1.3 Bank-Switched Registers  
To simplify the device’s register map and documentation, some registers are bank-switched, meaning banks of  
registers are switched in and out of the register map based on the value of a bank-select control field.  
At the top level, The EESEL register is a bank-select control field that maps the device registers into the memory  
map at address 0x1 and above when EESEL=0 and maps the EEPROM memory into the memory map at address  
0x1 and above when EESEL=1. The EESEL register itself is always in the memory map at address 0x0 for both  
EESEL=0 and EESEL=1.  
When EESEL=0 (device registers) the bank-switched sections of the memory map are: the input clock registers,  
the APLL registers, and the output clock registers.  
The registers for the input clocks are bank-switched in the Input Clock Registers section of Table 6-1. The ICSEL  
register is the bank-select control field for the input clock registers.  
The registers for the APLLs are bank-switched in the APLL Registers section of Table 6-1. The APLLSEL register  
is the bank-select control field for the APLL registers.  
The registers for the output clocks are bank-switched in the Output Clock Registers section of Table 6-1. The  
OCSEL register is the bank-select control field for the output clock registers.  
6.1.4 Multiregister Fields  
Multiregister fieldssuch as FREQ[31:0] in registers FREQ1 through FREQ4must be handled carefully to ensure  
that the bytes of the field remain consistent. A write access to a multiregister field is accomplished by writing all the  
registers of the field in order from smallest address to largest. Writes to registers other than the last register in the  
field (i.e. the register with the largest address) are stored in a transfer register. When the last register of the field is  
written, the entire multiregister field is updated simultaneously from the transfer register. If the last register of the  
field is not written, the field is not updated. Any reads to the multiregister field that occur during the middle of the  
multiregister write will read the existing value of the field not the new value in the transfer register.  
37  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
A read access from a multiregister field is accomplished by reading the registers of the field in order from smallest  
address to largest. When the first register in the field (i.e. the register with the lowest address) is read, the entire  
multiregister field is copied to the transfer register. During subsequent reads from the other registers in the  
multiregister field, the data comes from the transfer register. Any writes to the multiregister field that occur during  
the middle of the multiregister read will overwrite values in the transfer register.  
Each multiregister field has its own transfer register. The same transfer register is used for read and writes. For  
best results, system software should be organized such that only one software process accesses the device’s  
registers. If two or more processes are allowed to make uncoordinated accesses to the device’s registers, their  
accesses to multiregister fields could interrupt one another leading to incorrect writes and reads of the multiregister  
fields. The multiregister fields are:  
FIELD  
REGISTERS  
TYPE  
MCFREQ[15:0]  
ICN[15:0]  
MCFREQ1, MCFREQ2  
ICN1, ICN2  
Read/Write  
Read/Write  
Read/Write  
Read-Only  
Read/Write  
Read/Write  
Read-Only  
Read-Only  
Read-Only  
ICD[15:0]  
ICD1, ICD2, ICD3, ICD4  
FMEAS1, FMEAS2  
FMEAS[15:0]  
HRDLIM[9:0]  
OFFSET[15:0]  
PHASE[15:0]  
FREQ[23:0]  
HOFREQ[23:0]  
HRDLIM1, HRDLIM2  
OFFSET1, OFFSET2  
PHASE1, PHASE2  
FREQ1, FREQ2, FREQ3, FREQ4  
HOFREQ1, HOFREQ2, HOFREQ3, HOFREQ4  
6.1.5 Input Clock Registers and DPLL Registers  
The input clock registers and DPLL registers at addresses 0x50 and above cannot be read or written unless a  
master clock is provided to the input block and the DPLL. See section 5.2.2.  
38  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
6.2  
Register Map  
Table 6-1. Register Map  
Note: Register names are hyperlinks to register definitions. Underlined fields are read-only.  
ADDR  
REGISTER  
BIT 7  
BIT 6  
BIT 5  
BIT 4  
BIT 3  
BIT 2  
BIT 1  
BIT 0  
Global Registers  
00h  
01  
02  
EESEL  
ID1  
ID2  
EESEL  
ID[7:0]  
ID[15:8]  
03  
REV  
REV[7:0]  
04  
05  
06  
387  
07  
PROT  
MCR1  
MCR2  
MCR3  
APLLSR  
PROT[7:0]  
RST  
XIEN  
ICBEN  
XOEN  
DPLLEN  
IC1EN  
AMUX  
MCEN  
BMUX  
CMUX  
DMUX  
IC2EN  
MCDIV[1:0]  
A1LKIE  
MCMUX  
A1LKL  
A1LK  
A2LKIE  
A2LKL  
A2LK  
GPIO Registers  
GPIO4C[1:0]  
GPIO3C[1:0]  
GPIO2C[1:0]  
GPIO1C[1:0]  
08  
09  
0A  
0B  
0C  
0D  
GPCR  
GPSR  
GPIO1SS  
GPIO2SS  
GPIO3SS  
GPIO4SS  
GPIO4  
GPIO3  
GPIO2  
BIT[2:0]  
BIT[2:0]  
BIT[2:0]  
BIT[2:0]  
GPIO1  
POL  
POL  
POL  
POL  
OD  
OD  
OD  
OD  
REG[2:0]  
REG[2:0]  
REG[2:0]  
REG[2:0]  
APLL Registers  
APLLSEL  
10  
11  
12  
22  
23  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
29  
2A  
2B  
2C  
2D  
2E  
2F  
30  
31  
32  
33  
34  
APLLSEL[1:0]  
HSDIV[3:0]  
APLLCR1 APLLEN APLLBYP DALIGN  
AIDIV[1:0] EXTSW  
AFBDIV[3:0]  
APLLCR2  
AFBDIV1  
AFBDIV2  
AFBDIV3  
AFBDIV4  
AFBDIV5  
AFBDIV6  
AFBDIV7  
AFBDIV8  
AFBDIV9  
AFBDIV10  
AFBDEN1  
AFBDEN2  
AFBDEN3  
AFBDEN4  
AFBREM1  
AFBREM2  
AFBREM3  
AFBREM4  
AFBBP  
ALTMUX[1:0]  
APLLMUX[2:0]  
AFBDIV[11:4]  
AFBDIV[19:12]  
AFBDIV[27:20]  
AFBDIV[35:28]  
AFBDIV[43:36]  
AFBDIV[51:44]  
AFBDIV[59:52]  
AFBDIV[67:60]  
AFBDIV[74:68]  
AFBDEN[7:0]  
AFBDEN[15:8]  
AFBDEN[23:16]  
AFBDEN[31:24]  
AFBREM[7:0]  
AFBREM[15:8]  
AFBREM[23:16]  
AFBREM[31:24]  
AFBBP[7:0]  
Output Clock Registers  
40  
41  
OCSEL  
OCCR1  
OCSEL[3:0]  
MSDIV[6:0]  
39  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
ADDR  
42  
43  
44  
45  
REGISTER  
OCCR2  
OCCR3  
OCDIV1  
OCDIV2  
OCDIV3  
BIT 7  
BIT 6  
BIT 5  
BIT 4  
BIT 3  
BIT 2  
OCSF[3:0]  
POL  
BIT 1  
BIT 0  
DRIVE[1:0]  
PHADJ[3:0]  
ASQUEL  
DALEN  
OCDIV[7:0]  
OCDIV[15:8]  
OCDIV[23:16]  
46  
Input Clock Registers  
50  
51  
52  
53  
54  
55  
56  
57  
58  
59  
5A  
5B  
5C  
5D  
5E  
5F  
60  
61  
62  
63  
ICSEL  
ICCR1  
ICCR2  
ICCR3  
ICN1  
ICN2  
ICD1  
ICD2  
ICD3  
ICSEL[3:0]  
ICEN  
POL  
IFREQR[1:0]  
LKFREQ[3:0]  
GPIOSQ  
FMONCLK[1:0]  
SOFTEN HARDEN  
FMONLEN[3:0]  
FREN  
NSEN  
ICN[7:0]  
ICN[15:8]  
ICD[7:0]  
ICD[15:8]  
ICD[23:16]  
ICD[31:24]  
ICLBU[7:0]  
ICLBL[7:0]  
ICLBS[7:0]  
ICD4  
ICLBU  
ICLBL  
ICLBS  
ICLBD  
ICAHLIM  
ICRHLIM  
ICSLIM  
FMEAS1  
FMEAS2  
ICCR4  
ICLBD[1:0]  
ICAHLIM[7:0]  
ICRHLIM[7:0]  
ICSLIM[7:0]  
FMEAS[7:0]  
FMEAS[15:8]  
FMRES  
DPLL Registers  
DPLLCR1 EXTSW  
71  
72  
73  
74  
75  
76  
78  
79  
7A  
7B  
7C  
7D  
7E  
80  
81  
82  
83  
85  
86  
87  
88  
89  
UFSW  
REVERT PPM160  
MINIHO[1:0]  
FORCE[3:0]  
DPLLCR2  
DPLLCR3  
DPLLCR4  
DPLLCR5  
DPLLCR6 AUTOBW LIMINT  
PHMON  
PHLIM  
HOMODE[1:0]  
STATE[2:0]  
ADAMP[2:0]  
LDAMP[2:0]  
FLLOL  
ABW[4:0]  
LBW[4:0]  
USEMCPD  
NALOL  
FLEN  
CLEN  
MCPDEN  
D180  
RDAVG[1:0]  
PFD180  
PBOEN PBOFRZ  
NW  
PMEN  
PMPBEN  
PHMONLIM[3:0]  
COARSELIM[3:0]  
FINELIM[2:0]  
PHLKTO  
LKATO  
PHLKTOM[1:0]  
LKATOM[1:0]  
PHLKTO[5:0]  
LKATO[5:0]  
HRDLIM[7:0]  
HRDLIM[15:8]  
SOFTLIM[7:0]  
OFFSET[7:0]  
OFFSET[15:8]  
HRDLIM1  
HRDLIM2  
SOFTLIM  
OFFSET1  
OFFSET2  
VALCR1  
IPR1  
PTAB1  
PTAB2  
PHASE1  
PHASE2  
FREQ1  
IC2  
IC1  
PRI2[3:0]  
REF1[3:0]  
PRI1[3:0]  
SELREF[3:0]  
REF2[3:0]  
PHASE[7:0]  
PHASE[15:8]  
FREQ[7:0]  
40  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
ADDR  
8A  
8B  
8C  
8D  
8E  
8F  
90  
91  
92  
93  
94  
REGISTER  
FREQ2  
FREQ3  
FREQ4  
DFSCR1  
MCFREQ1  
MCFREQ2  
MCDNOM1  
MCDNOM2  
MCDNOM3  
MCDNOM4  
MCINOM1  
MCINOM2  
MCINOM3  
MCAC1  
BIT 7  
BIT 6  
BIT 5  
BIT 4  
BIT 3  
BIT 2  
BIT 1  
BIT 0  
FREQ[15:8]  
FREQ[23:16]  
FREQ[31:24]  
MCFREQ[7:0]  
MCFREQ[15:8]  
MCDNOM[7:0]  
MCDNOM[15:8]  
MCDNOM[23:16]  
DFSFREQ[3:0]  
MCDNOM[25:24]  
MCINOM[7:0]  
MCINOM[15:8]  
MCAC[7:0]  
95  
96  
97  
98  
MCINOM16  
MCAC2  
MCAC[8]  
9C  
9D  
9E  
9F  
24A  
HOFREQ1  
HOFREQ2  
HOFREQ3  
HOFREQ4  
PBTIMER  
HOFREQ[7:0]  
HOFREQ[15:8]  
HOFREQ[23:16]  
HOFREQ[31:24]  
PBTIMER[3:0]  
STATE[2:0]  
DPLL and Input Block Status Registers and Interrupt Enables  
A0  
A1  
A2  
A3  
A4  
A6  
A7  
PLL1SR  
PLL1LSR MCFAIL  
ACT2  
PALARM  
STATE  
SOFT  
SRFAIL  
NOIN  
PHMON  
IC2  
IC1  
IC1  
LOCK1  
IC1  
VALSR1  
ICLSR1  
ISR1  
PLL1IER  
ICIER1  
SOFT2  
MCFAIL  
IC2  
HARD2  
LOCK2  
STATE  
SOFT1  
SRFAIL  
HARD1  
NOIN  
ACT1  
PHMON  
IC2  
6.3  
Register Definitions  
6.3.1 Global Registers  
Register Name:  
EESEL  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
EEPROM Memory Selection Register  
00h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
0
Bit 1  
0
Bit 0  
EESEL  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 0: EEPROM Memory Select (EESEL). This bit is a bank-select that specfies whether device register space or  
EEPROM memory is mapped into addresses 0x1 and above. See sections 5.9 and 6.1.3.  
0 = Device registers  
1= EEPROM memory  
41  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ID1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Device Identification Register, LSB  
01h  
Bit 7  
Name  
Default  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
ID[7:0]  
see below  
Bits 7 to 0: Device ID (ID[7:0]). The full 16-bit ID field spans this register and ID2.  
MAX24705: ID[15:0] = 0x00CA.  
MAX24710: ID[15:0] = 0x00CB.  
Register Name:  
ID2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Device Identification Register, MSB  
02h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
ID[15:8]  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Device ID (ID[15:8]). See the ID1 register description.  
Register Name:  
REV  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Device Revision Register  
03h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
REV[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Device Revision (REV[7:0]). Contact the factory to interpret this value and determine the latest  
revision.  
Register Name:  
PROT  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Protection Register  
04h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
PROT[7:0]  
Default  
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
1
Bits 7 to 0: Protection Control (PROT[7:0]). This field can be used to protect the rest of the register set from  
inadvertent writes. In protected mode writes to all other registers are ignored. In single unprotected mode, one  
register (other than PROT) can be written, but after that write the device reverts to protected mode (and the value  
of PROT is internally changed to 00h). In fully unprotected mode all register can be written without limitation. See  
section 5.1.  
1000 0101 = Fully unprotected mode  
1000 0110 = Single unprotected mode  
All other values = Protected mode  
42  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
MCR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Configuration Register 1  
05h  
Bit 7  
RST  
0
Bit 6  
ICBEN  
0
Bit 5  
DPLLEN  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
AMUX  
0
Bit 2  
BMUX  
0
Bit 1  
CMUX  
0
Bit 0  
DMUX  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 7: Device Reset (RST). When this bit is high the entire device is held in reset, and all register fields, except the  
RST bit itself, are reset to their default states. When RST is active, the register fields with pin-programmed defaults  
do not latch their values from the corresponding input pins. Instead these fields are reset to the default values that  
were latched from the pins when the RST pin was last active. See section 5.10.  
0 = Normal operation  
1 = Reset  
Bit 6: Input block Enable (ICBEN). This field enables or disables the input block. See section 5.2.1 and section  
5.4. Note that APLL2 also must be enabled and properly configured to operate the input block.  
0 = Disable (powered down)  
1 = Enable  
Bit 5: DPLL Enable (DPLLEN). This field enables or disables the DPLL. See section 5.2.1. Note that APLL2 also  
must be enabled and properly configured to operate the DPLL.  
0 = Disable (powered down)  
1 = Enable  
Bit 3: Bank A Mux Control (AMUX). This field selects the source APLL for the bank A outputs. See the block  
diagram in Figure 2-1 and section 5.8.2.  
0 = APLL1  
1 = APLL2  
Bit 2: Bank B Mux Control (BMUX). This field selects the source APLL for the bank B outputs. See the block  
diagram in Figure 2-1 and section 5.8.2.  
0 = APLL1  
1 = APLL2  
Bit 1: Bank C Mux Control (CMUX). This field selects the source APLL for the bank C outputs. See the block  
diagram in Figure 2-1 and section 5.8.2.  
0 = APLL1  
1 = APLL2  
Bit 0: Bank D Mux Control (DMUX). This field selects the source APLL for the bank D outputs. See the block  
diagram in Figure 2-1 and section 5.8.2.  
0 = APLL1  
1 = APLL2  
43  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
MCR2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Configuration Register 2  
06h  
Bit 7  
XIEN  
0
Bit 6  
XOEN  
0
Bit 5  
IC1EN  
0
Bit 4  
IC2EN  
0
Bit 3  
MCEN  
0
Bit 2  
0
Bit 1  
MCDIV[1:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
Bit 7: XIN Enable (XIEN). This field enables/disables the XIN pin and the XO analog circuitry. See section 5.3.2.  
0 = Disable  
1 = Enable  
Bit 6: XOUT Enable (XOEN). This field enables and disables the XOUT pin driver. When XOUT is disabled the  
external crystal is not driven and the XO doesn't oscillate. See section 5.3.2.  
0 = Disable (high impedance)  
1 = Enable (XO amplifier drives external crystal)  
Bit 5: IC1POS/NEG Enable (IC1EN). This field enables and disables the IC1POS/NEG differential receiver. The  
power consumption for the differential receiver is shown in Table 8-2. See section 5.4.  
0 = Disable (power down)  
1 = Enable  
Bit 4: IC2POS/NEG Enable (IC2EN). This field enables and disables the IC2POS/NEG differential receiver. The  
power consumption for the differential receiver is shown in Table 8-2. See section 5.4.  
0 = Disable (power down)  
1 = Enable  
Bit 3: MCLKOSCP/N Enable (MCEN). This field enables and disables the MCLKOSCP/N differential receiver. The  
power consumption for the differential receiver is shown in Table 8-2. See section 5.3.3.  
0 = Disable (power down)  
1 = Enable  
Bits 1 to 0: Master Clock Divider Value (MCDIV[1:0]). This field specifies the setting for master clock divider. The  
master clock divider takes the APLL2 output frequency and divides it down to a master clock frequency in the  
range 2190MHz to 208.333MHz for use by the input block and DPLL. The value MCDIV=0 disables the divider to  
reduce power consumption and noise generation. See section 5.3.3.  
00 = Disabled, output low  
01 = Divide by 2  
10 = Divide by 3  
11 = Divide by 4  
Register Name:  
MCR3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Configuration Register 3  
387h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
1
Bit 1  
MCMUX  
0
Bit 0  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 2: When this bit is set to 1 the self-configuration controller’s oscillator remains enabled after self-configuration is  
complete. This bit should be set to 0 at the end of the self-configuration script to minimize device output jitter.  
Bit 1: Master Clock Mux (MCMUX). This bit controls the master clock mux. This mux, shown in Figure 2-1, selects  
between the master clock output of APLL2 and the signal on the MCLKOSCP/N pins. See section 5.2.2.  
0 = APLL2 master clock output  
1 = MCLKOSCP/N pins  
44  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
APLLSR  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Status Register  
07h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
A2LKIE  
0
Bit 5  
A2LKL  
0
Bit 4  
A2LK  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
A1LKIE  
0
Bit 1  
A1LKL  
0
Bit 0  
A1LK  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 6: APLL2 Lock Interrupt Enable (A2LKIE). This bit is an interrupt enable for the A2LKL bit.  
0 = Mask the interrupt  
1 = Enable the interrupt  
Bit 5: APLL2 Lock Latched Status (A2LKL). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the A2LK status bit changes  
state (set or cleared). A2LKL is cleared when written with a 1. When A2LKL is set it can cause an interrupt request  
if the A2LKIE interrupt enable bit is set.  
Bit 4: APLL2 Lock Status (A2LK). This real-time status bit indicates the lock status of APLL2.  
0 = Not locked  
1 = Locked  
Bit 2: APLL1 Lock Interrupt Enable (A1LKIE). This bit is an interrupt enable for the A1LKL bit.  
0 = Mask the interrupt  
1 = Enable the interrupt  
Bit 1: APLL1 Lock Latched Status (A1LKL). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the A1LK status bit changes  
state (set or cleared). A1LKL is cleared when written with a 1. When A1LKL is set it can cause an interrupt request  
if the A1LKIE interrupt enable bit is set.  
Bit 0: APLL1 Lock Status (A1LK). This real-time status bit indicates the lock status of APLL1.  
0 = Not locked  
1 = Locked  
45  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
6.3.2 GPIO Registers  
Register Name:  
GPCR  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
GPIO Configuration Register  
08h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
GPIO4C[1:0]  
GPIO3C[1:0]  
GPIO2C[1:0]  
GPIO1C[1:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 6: GPIO4 Configuration (GPIO4C[1:0]). When DPLLCR1.EXTSW=0 and APLLCR2.EXTSW=0, the  
SS/GPIO4 pin behaves as GPIO4, and this field configures the GPIO4 pin as a general-purpose input a general-  
purpose output driving low or high, or a status output. When GPIO4 is an input its current state can be read from  
GPSR.GPIO4. When GPIO4 is a status output, the GPIO4SS register specifies which status bit is output. When  
DPLLCR1.EXTSW=1 or APLLCR2.EXTSW=1 the SS/GPIO4 pin behaves as SS and this field is ignored.  
00 = General-purpose input  
01 = Status output  
10 = General-purpose output driving low  
11 = General-purpose output driving high  
Bits 5 to 4: GPIO3 Configuration (GPIO3C[1:0]). This field configures the GPIO3 pin as a general-purpose input,  
a general-purpose output driving low or high, or a status output. When GPIO3 is an input its current state can be  
read from GPSR.GPIO3. When GPIO3 is a status output, the GPIO3SS register specifies which status bit is output.  
00 = General-purpose input  
01 = Status output  
10 = General-purpose output driving low  
11 = General-purpose output driving high  
Bits 3 to 2: GPIO2 Configuration (GPIO2C[1:0]). This field configures the GPIO2 pin as a general-purpose input,  
a general-purpose output driving low or high, or a status output. When GPIO2 is an input its current state can be  
read from GPSR.GPIO2. When GPIO2 is a status output, the GPIO2SS register specifies which status bit is output.  
00 = General-purpose input  
01 = Status output  
10 = General-purpose output driving low  
11 = General-purpose output driving high  
Bits 1 to 0: GPIO1 Configuration (GPIO1C[1:0]). This field configures the GPIO1 pin as a general-purpose input  
a general-purpose output driving low or high, or a status output. When GPIO1 is an input its current state can be  
read from GPSR.GPIO1. When GPIO1 is a status output, the GPIO1SS register specifies which status bit is output.  
00 = General-purpose input  
01 = Status output  
10 = General-purpose output driving low  
11 = General-purpose output driving high  
46  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
GPSR  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
GPIO Status Register  
09h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
GPIO4  
0
Bit 2  
GPIO3  
0
Bit 1  
GPIO2  
0
Bit 0  
GPIO1  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 3: GPIO4 State (GPIO4). This bit indicates the current state of the GPIO4 pin.  
0 = low  
1 = high  
Bit 2: GPIO3 State (GPIO3). This bit indicates the current state of the GPIO3 pin.  
0 = low  
1 = high  
Bit 1: GPIO2 State (GPIO2). This bit indicates the current state of the GPIO2 pin.  
0 = low  
1 = high  
Bit 0: GPIO1 State (GPIO1). This bit indicates the current state of the GPIO1 pin.  
0 = low  
1 = high  
Register Name:  
GPIO1SS  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
GPIO1 Status Select Register  
0Ah  
Bit 7  
POL  
0
Bit 6  
OD  
0
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
REG[2:0]  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
BIT[2:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
Bit 7: Pin Polarity (POL).  
0 = Normal: GPIO pin has the same polarity as the status bit it follows  
1 = Inverted: GPIO pin has inverted polarity vs. the status bit it follows  
Bit 6: Open-Drain Enable (OD).  
0 = Push-Pull: GPIO pin is driven in both inactive and active state  
1 = Open-Drain: GPIO pin is driven in the active state but is high impedance in the inactive state  
Bits 5 to 3: Status Register (REG[2:0]). When GPCR.GPIO1C=01, this field specifies the register of the status bit  
that GPIO1 will follow while the BIT field below specifies the status bit within the register. Setting the combination of  
this field and the BIT field below to point to a bit that isn’t implemented as a real-time or latched status register bit  
results in GPIO1 being driven low.  
000 100 = The address of the status bit that GPIO1 follows is A0h + REG[2:0]  
101 = APLL Lock. The address of the status bit that GPIO follows is 07h (APLLSR register)  
110 = DPLL Lock Output: GPIO1 is active when PLL1SR.STATE=Locked (100b) and inactive otherwise  
111 = Interrupt Output: GPIO1 is active when a latched status bit and its corresponding interrupt  
enable bit are both active. The POL and OD bits define pin behavior for the active and  
inactive states.  
Bits 2 to 0: Status Bit (BIT[2:0]). When GPCR.GPIO1C=01, the REG field above specifies the register of the  
status bit that GPIO1 will follow while this field specifies the status bit within the register. Setting the combination of  
the REG field and this field to point to a bit that isn’t implemented as a real-time or latched status register bit results  
in GPIO1 being driven low. 000=bit 0 of the register. 111=bit 7 of the register.  
47  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
GPIO2SS  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
GPIO2 Status Select Register  
0Bh  
Bit 7  
POL  
0
Bit 6  
OD  
0
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
REG[2:0]  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
BIT[2:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
These fields are identical to those in GPIO1SS except they control GPIO2.  
Register Name:  
GPIO3SS  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
GPIO3 Status Select Register  
0Ch  
Bit 7  
POL  
0
Bit 6  
OD  
0
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
REG[2:0]  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
BIT[2:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
These fields are identical to those in GPIO1SS except they control GPIO3.  
Register Name:  
GPIO4SS  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
GPIO4 Status Select Register  
0Dh  
Bit 7  
POL  
0
Bit 6  
OD  
0
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
REG[2:0]  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
BIT[2:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
These fields are identical to those in GPIO1SS except they control GPIO4.  
48  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
6.3.3 APLL Registers  
Register Name:  
APLLSEL  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Select Register  
10h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
APLLSEL[1:0]  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
Bits 1 to 0: APLL Select (APLLSEL[1:0]). This field is a bank-select control that specifies the APLL for which  
registers are mapped into the APLL Registers section of Table 6-1. See Section 6.1.3.  
00 = {unused value}  
01 = APLL1  
10 = APLL2  
11 = {unused value}  
Register Name:  
APLLCR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Configuration Register 1  
11h  
Bit 7  
APLLEN  
0
Bit 6  
APLLBYP  
0
Bit 5  
DALIGN  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
HSDIV[3:0]  
0
0
0
0
The APLL registers are bank-selected by the APLLSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bit 7: APLL Enable (APLLEN). This bit enables and disables the APLL. When unused, the APLL should be  
disabled to reduce power consumption. See section 5.7.2.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 6: APLL Bypass (APLLBYP). This bit controls an internal bypass mux in the APLL.  
0 = Normal APLL operation  
1 = APLL bypass: the APLL input signal is routed directly to the APLL output  
Bit 5: Align Output Dividers (DALIGN). A 0 to 1 transition on this bit causes a simultaneous reset of the medium-  
speed dividers and the output clock dividers for all output clocks where OCCR3.DALEN=1. After this reset all  
DALEN=1 output clocks with frequencies that are exactly integer multiples of one another will be falling-edge  
aligned. This bit should be set then cleared once during system startup. Setting this bit during normal system  
operation can cause phase jumps in the output clock signals.  
Bits 3 to 0: APLL High-Speed Divider (HSDIV[3:0]). This bit controls the high-speed divider block in the APLL  
(see Figure 5-10). See section 5.7.2.  
0000 = Divide by 6  
0001 = Divide by 4.5  
0010 = Divide by 5  
0011 = Divide by 5.5  
0100 = Divide by 6  
0101 = Divide by 6.5  
0110 = Divide by 7  
0111 = Divide by 7.5  
1000 = Divide by 8  
1001 = Divide by 9  
1010 = Divide by 10  
1011 = Divide by 11  
1100 = Divide by 12  
1101 = Divide by 13  
1110 = Divide by 14  
1111 = Divide by 15  
49  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
APLLCR2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Configuration Register 2  
12h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
EXTSW  
0
Bit 4  
ALTMUX[1:0]  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
APLLMUX[2:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
AIDIV[1:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
The APLL registers are bank-selected by the APLLSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 6: APLL Input Divider (AIDIV). This field controls the APLL input divider. See Figure 5-10.  
00 = Divide by 1  
01 = Divide by 2  
10 = Divide by 4  
11 = Divide by 8  
Bit 5: APLL External Switching Mode (EXTSW). This bit enables APLL external reference switching mode. In  
this mode, if the SS pin is low the APLL input mux is controlled by APLLCR2.APLLMUX. If the the SS pin is high  
the APLL input mux is controlled by APLLCR2.ALTMUX. See section 5.7.1.1  
Bits 4 to 3: APLL Alternate Mux Control (ALTMUX[1:0]). When APLLCR2.EXTSW=0 this field is ignored. When  
APLLCR2.EXTSW=1 and the SS pin is high this field controls the APLL input mux. See section 5.7.1.1.  
00 = IC1 input  
01 = IC2 input  
10 = Crystal oscillator (XO) block if crystal is connected, otherwise XIN input  
11 = MCLKOSCP/N pins  
Bits 2 to 0: APLL Mux Control (APLLMUX[2:0]). By default this field controls the APLL input mux. See the block  
diagram in Figure 2-1 for the location of this mux. When APLLCR2.EXTSW=1 and the SS pin is high, this field is  
ignored, and the APLL's clock source is specified by APLLCR2.ALTMUX. See section 5.7.1.1. When  
APLLMUX100 for APLL1, the input block and DPLL are bypassed and can be powered down. See section 5.2.  
000 = IC1 input  
001 = IC2 input  
010 = Crystal oscillator (XO) block if crystal is connected, otherwise XIN input  
011 = MCLKOSCP/N pins  
100 = DPLL when master clock comes from APLL2 (not valid for APLL2)  
101 = {unused value}  
100 = DPLL output (when DPLL master clock comes from APLL2; this decode only valid for APLL1)  
110 = DPLL output (when DPLL master clock comes from MCLKOSCP/N pins)  
111 = DPLL output (only use in APLL bypass, i.e. when APLLCR1.APLLBYP=1; test/debug mode only)  
50  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 1  
22h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[3:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The APLL registers are bank-selected by the APLLSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 4: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[3:0]). The full 75 bit AFBDIV[74:0] field spans the  
AFBDIV1 through AFBDIV10 registers. AFBDIV is an unsigned number with 9 integer bits (AFBDIV[74:66]) and up  
to 66 fractional bits. AFBDIV specifies the fixed-point term of the APLL's fractional feedback divide value. The value  
AFBDIV=0 is undefined. Unused least significant bits must be written with 0. See section 5.7.2.  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 2  
23h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[11:4]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[11:4]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 3  
24h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[19:12]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[19:12]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV4  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 4  
25h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[27:20]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[27:20]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV5  
Register Description:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 5  
Register Address:  
26h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[35:28]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[35:28]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
51  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV6  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 6  
27h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[43:36]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[43:36]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV7  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 7  
28h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[51:44]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[51:44]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV8  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 8  
29h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[59:52]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[59:52]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV9  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 9  
2Ah  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDIV[67:60]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[67:60]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDIV10  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Register 10  
2Bh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
AFBDIV[74:68]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Register (AFBDIV[74:68]). See the AFBDIV1 register description.  
52  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
AFBDEN1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Denominator Register 1  
2Ch  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDEN[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
The APLL registers are bank-selected by the APLLSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Denominator Register (AFBDEN[7:0]). The full 32-bit AFBDEN[31:0] field  
spans AFBDEN1 through AFBDEN4 registers. AFBDEN is an unsigned integer that specifies the denominator of  
the APLL's fractional feedback divide value. The value AFBDEN=0 is undefined. When AFBBP=0, AFBDEN must  
be set to 1. See section 5.7.2.  
Register Name:  
AFBDEN2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Denominator Register 2  
2Dh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDEN[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Denominator Register (AFBDEN[15:8]). See the AFBDEN1 register  
description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDEN3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Denominator Register 3  
2Eh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDEN[23:16]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Denominator Register (AFBDEN[23:16]). See the AFBDEN1 register  
description.  
Register Name:  
AFBDEN4  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Denominator Register 4  
2Fh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBDEN[31:24]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Denominator Register (AFBDEN[31:24]). See the AFBDEN1 register  
description.  
53  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
AFBREM1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Remainder Register 1  
30h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBREM[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The APLL registers are bank-selected by the APLLSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Remainder Register (AFBREM[7:0]). The full 32-bit AFBDEN[31:0] field  
spans AFBREM1 through AFBREM4 registers. AFBREM is an unsigned integer that specifies the remainder of the  
APLL's fractional feedback divider value. When AFBBP=0, AFBREM must be set to 0. See section 5.7.2.  
Register Name:  
AFBREM2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Remainder Register 2  
31h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBREM[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Remainder Register (AFBREM[15:8]). See the AFBREM1 register  
description.  
Register Name:  
AFBREM3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Remainder Register 3  
32h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBREM[23:16]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Remainder Register (AFBREM[23:16]). See the AFBREM1 register  
description.  
Register Name:  
AFBREM4  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Remainder Register 4  
33h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBREM[31:24]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Remainder Register (AFBREM[31:24]). See the AFBREM1 register  
description.  
54  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
AFBBP  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
APLL Feedback Divider Truncate Bit Position  
34h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
AFBBP[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The APLL registers are bank-selected by the APLLSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: APLL Feedback Divider Truncate Bit Position (AFBBP[7:0]). This unsigned integer specifies the  
number of fractional bits that are valid in the AFBDIV value. There are 66 fractional bits in AFBDIV. The value in  
this AFBBP field specifies 66 number_of_valid_AFBDIV_fractional_bits. When AFBBP=0 all 66 AFBDIV fractional  
bits are valid. When AFBBP=42, the most significant 24 AFBDIV fractional bits are valid and the least significant 42  
bits must be set to 0. This register field is only used when the feedback divider value is expressed in the form  
AFBDIV + AFBREM / AFBDEN. AFBBP values greater than 66 are invalid. When AFBBP=0, AFBREM must be set  
to 0 and AFBDEN must be set to 1. See section 5.7.2.  
6.3.4 Output Clock Registers  
Register Name:  
OCSEL  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Output Clock Select Register  
40h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
OCSEL[3:0]  
0
0
0
1
Bits 3 to 0: Output Clock Select (OCSEL[2:0]). This field is a bank-select control that specifies the output clock  
for which registers are mapped into the Output Clock Registers section of Table 6-1. See section 6.1.3.  
0000 = {unused value}  
0001 = Output clock 1  
0010 = Output clock 2  
0011 = Output clock 3  
0100 = Output clock 4 (MAX24710 only)  
0101 = Output clock 5 (MAX24710 only)  
0110 = Output clock 6 (MAX24710 only)  
0111 = Output clock 7 (MAX24710 only)  
1000 = Output clock 8  
1001 = Output clock 9 (MAX24710 only)  
1010 = Output clock 10  
1011 to 1111 = {unused value}  
55  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
OCCR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Output Clock Configuration Register 1  
41h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
MSDIV[6:0]  
0
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
The output clock registers are bank-selected by the OCSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 6 to 0: Medium-Speed Divider Value (MSDIV[6:0]). This field specifies the setting for the output clock's  
medium-speed divider. The divisor is MSDIV+1. Note that MSDIV must be set to a value that causes the output  
clock of the medium-speed divider to be 312.5MHz or less. See section 5.8.2.  
Register Name:  
OCCR2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Output Clock Configuration Register 2  
42h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
DRIVE[1:0]  
OCSF[3:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The output clock registers are bank-selected by the OCSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 5 to 4: CMOS/HSTL Output Drive Strength (DRIVE[1:0]). The CMOS/HSTL output drivers have four equal  
sections that can be enabled or disabled to achieve four different drive strengths from 1x to 4x. When the output  
power supply VDDOx is 3.3V or 2.5V, the user should start with 1x and only increase drive strength if the output is  
highly loaded and signal transition time is unacceptable. When VDDOx is 1.8V or 1.5V the user should start with 4x  
and only decrease drive strength if the output signal has unacceptable overshoot.  
00 = 1x  
01 = 2x  
10 = 3x  
11 = 4x  
Bits 3 to 0: Output Clock Signal Format (OCSF[3:0]). See section 5.8.1.  
0000 = Disabled (high-impedance, low power mode)  
0001 = CML, standard swing (VOD=800mVP-P typical)  
0010 = CML, narrow swing (VOD=400mVP-P typical)  
0011 = {unused value}  
0100 = One CMOS, OCxPOS enabled, OCxNEG high impedance  
0101 = Two CMOS, OCxNEG in phase with OCxPOS  
0110 = Two CMOS, OCxNEG inverted vs. OCxPOS  
0111 = HSTL (Set OCCR2.DRIVE=11 (4x) to meet JESD8-6)  
56  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
OCCR3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Output Clock Configuration Register 3  
43h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
PHADJ[3:0]  
0
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
POL  
0
Bit 1  
ASQUEL  
0
Bit 0  
DALEN  
0
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
The output clock registers are bank-selected by the OCSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 4: Output Clock Phase Adjustment (PHADJ[3:0]). This field can be used to adjust the phase of output  
OCxPOS/NEG vs. the phase of other clock outputs. The adjustment is in units of APLL output clock cycles. For  
example, if the APLL output frequency is 625MHz then one APLL output clock cycle is 1.6ns, the smallest phase  
adjustment is 0.8ns, and the adjustment range is ±5.6ns. See section 5.8.3.  
0000 = 0 APLL output clock cycles  
0001 = 0.5  
1000 = -1.0 APLL output clock cycles  
1001 = -0.5  
0010 = 1.0  
1010 = -2.0  
0011 = 1.5  
1011 = -1.5  
0100 = 2.0  
1100 = -3.0  
0101 = 2.5  
1101 = -2.5  
0110 = 3.0  
1110 = -4.0  
0111 = 3.5  
1111 = -3.5  
Bit 2: Polarity (POL). This bit specifies the polarity of the output clock signal. When OCCR2.OCSF configures the  
output for one of the 2x CMOS modes, POL=1 inverts both CMOS outputs vs. the polarity they have when POL=0.  
See section 5.8.3.  
0 = Normal  
1 = Inverted  
Bit 1: Auto-Squelch Enable (ASQUEL). This bit enables automatic squelching of the output clock whenever the  
DPLL has no selected reference (PTAB1.SELREF = 0). When a CMOS output is squelched it is forced low. When  
a differential output is squelched, its POS pin is forced low and its NEG pin is forced high..  
0 = Auto-squelch disabled  
1 = Auto-squelch enabled  
Bit 0: Divider Align Enable (DALEN). This bit enables alignment of the output clock's medium-speed divider and  
output clock divider when the APLLCR1.DALIGN bit is set to 1. For best results, this signal should be set to 1 for at  
least 2ms then set back to 0.  
0 = Do not align the output clock dividers  
1 = Align the output clock dividers  
57  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
OCDIV1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Output Clock Divider Register 1  
44h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
OCDIV[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The output clock registers are bank-selected by the OCSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Output Clock Divider (OCDIV[7:0]). The full 24-bit OCDIV[23:0] field spans this register, OCDIV2 and  
OCDIV3. OCDIV is an unsigned integer. The frequency of the clock from the medium-speed divider is divided by  
OCDIV+1 to make the output clock signal. See section 5.8.2.  
Register Name:  
OCDIV2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Output Clock Divider Register 2  
45h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
OCDIV[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The output clock registers are bank-selected by the OCSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Output Clock Divider (OCDIV[15:8]). See the OCDIV1 register description.  
Register Name:  
OCDIV3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Output Clock Divider Register 3  
46h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
OCDIV[23:16]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The output clock registers are bank-selected by the OCSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Output Clock Divider (OCDIV[23:16]). See the OCDIV1 register description.  
58  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
6.3.5 Input Clock Registers  
Note: The input clock registers cannot be read or written unless a master clock is provided to the input block and  
the DPLL. See section 5.2.2.  
Note: When the input block is disabled (MCR1.ICBEN=0) all input clock register fields, except ICCR1.ICEN, are  
ignored by the device and should be ignored by system software.  
Register Name:  
ICSEL  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Select Register  
50h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ICSEL[3:0]  
0
0
0
1
Bits 3 to 0: Input Clock Select (ICSEL[3:0]). This field is the bank-select control that specifies the input clock for  
which registers are mapped into the Input Clock Registers section of Table 6-1. See section 6.1.3.  
0000 = {unused value}  
0001 = IC1 input  
0010 = IC2 input  
0011 to 1111 = {unused values}  
59  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICCR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Configuration Register 1  
51h  
Bit 7  
ICEN  
0
Bit 6  
POL  
0
Bit 5  
IFREQR[1:0]  
0
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
LKFREQ[3:0]  
1
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
1
1
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bit 7: Input Clock Enable (ICEN). This field enables and disables the input clock’s differential receiver. The power  
consumption numbers for the differential receiver and the crystal oscillator are shown in Table 8-2. See section 5.4.  
0 = Disable (power down)  
1 = Enable  
Bit 6: Locking Polarity (POL). This field specifies which input clock signal edge the DPLL will lock to. See section  
5.5.1.  
0 = Falling edge  
1 = Rising edge  
Bits 5 to 4: Input Frequency Range (IFREQR[1:0]). This field specifies the approximate frequency of the input  
clock at the device pins. This field must be set correctly for proper operation of the fractional scaling block. See  
section 5.5.1.  
00 = Input clock frequency < 100MHz  
01 = 100MHz <= input clock frequency < 200MHz  
10 = 200MHz <= input clock frequency < 400MHz  
11 = Input clock frequency>= 400MHz  
Bits 3 to 0: DPLL Lock Frequency (LKFREQ[3:0]). The input clock frequency is optionally scaled by the ratio  
(ICN+1) / (ICD+1) before being presented to the DPLL. This field specifies the frequency at which the DPLL locks  
to the scaled signal. See section 5.5.1.  
0000 = 2kHz*  
0001 = 8kHz*  
0010 = 64kHz*  
0011 = 1.544MHz  
0100 = 2.048MHz  
0101 = 6.312MHz  
0110 = 6.48MHz  
0111 = 19.44MHz  
1000 = 25.92MHz  
1001 = 1MHz  
1010 = 2.5MHz  
1011 = 25MHz  
1100 = 31.25MHz  
1101 = 10.24MHz  
1110 to 1111 = {unused values}  
* Note lock frequencies of 2kHz, 8kHz and 64kHz should not be used with fractional scaling (i.e. when  
ICN>0) because the the fractional scaling block may generate wander.  
60  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICCR2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Configuration Register 2  
52h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
GPIOSQ  
0
Bit 5  
FMONCLK[1:0]  
0
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
SOFTEN  
0
Bit 1  
HARDEN  
1
Bit 0  
FREN  
1
Name  
Default  
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bit 6: GPIO Squelch (GPIOSQ). When this bit is high, the input clock is squelched in the input clock block when  
the associated GPIO pin is high. IC1 is squelched when GPIO1 is high. IC2 is squelched when GPIO2 is high. This  
bit has no effect on the input clock signal going to the APLL muxes.  
0 = Disable  
1 = Enable  
Bits 5 to 4: Frequency Monitor Clock Source (FMONCLK[1:0]). This field specifies the reference clock source  
for the input clock frequency monitor. See section 5.5.2.1.  
00 = Internal master clock  
01 = DPLL output  
10, 11 = {unused values}  
Bit 2: Soft Frequency Alarm Enable (SOFTEN). This bit enables input clock frequency monitoring with the soft  
alarm limits set in the ICSLIM register. Soft alarms are reported in the SOFT status bits of the ISR register. See  
section 5.5.2.1.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 1: Hard Frequency Limit Enable (HARDEN). This bit enables input clock frequency monitoring with the hard  
alarm limits set in the ICAHLIM and ICRHLIM registers. Hard alarms are reported in the HARD status bits of the  
ISR register. See section 5.5.2.1.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 0: Frequency Range Detect Enable (FREN). When this bit is set to 1 the frequency of each input clock is  
measured and used to quickly declare the input inactive. See section 5.5.2.1.  
0 = Frequency Range Detect disabled  
1 = Frequency Range Detect enabled  
61  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICCR3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Configuration Register 3  
53h  
Bit 7  
0
0
Bit 6  
0
0
Bit 5  
0
0
Bit 4  
NSEN  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
FMONLEN[3:0]  
0
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
1
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 4: Noise Shaping Enable (NSEN). Setting this bit to one enables noise shaping circuitry in the input clock  
fractional scaling block. The effect of this noise shaping is to move the phase noise generated by the fractional  
scaling digital circuitry up to higher frequencies where it can be attenuated more by a downstream PLL. This  
feature is most beneficial when an APLL is locked directly to one of the input clock signals  
(APLLCR2.APLLMUX=0xx).  
Bits 3 to 0: Frequency Monitor Measurement Length (FMONLEN[3:0]). This field specifies the length of time  
the input frequency monitor takes to measure the frequency of the input clock. The frequency measurement length  
specified by FMONLEN is a function of the measurement reference clock specified by ICCR2.FMONCLK as shown  
below. See section 5.5.2.1.  
ICCR4.FMRES=0 (Standard Resolution)  
ICCR4.FMRES=1 (High Resolution)  
ICCR2.FMONCLK[1:0] = 00:  
0000 = 31ms  
ICCR2.FMONCLK[1:0] = 00:  
0000 = 3.982 sec  
0001 = 62ms  
0001 = 7.962 sec  
0010 = 124ms  
0010 = 15.926 sec  
0011 = 250ms  
0011 = 31.850 sec  
0100 = 500ms  
0100 = 62.700 sec  
0101 = 1sec  
0110 = 2sec  
0111 = 4sec  
1000 = 8sec  
0101 = 127.402 sec  
0110 = 254.804 sec  
0111 = 509.608 sec  
1000 = 1019.216 sec  
1001 = 2038.432 sec  
1010-1111 = {unused values}  
1001-1111 = {unused values}  
ICCR2.FMONCLK[1:0] = 01:  
0000 = 82ms  
ICCR2.FMONCLK[1:0] = 01:  
0000 = 2.622 sec  
0001 = 164ms  
0010 = 328ms  
0001 = 5.242 sec  
0011 = 656ms  
0010 = 10.486 sec  
0100 = 1.31sec  
0011 = 20.972 sec  
0101 = 2.62sec  
0100 = 41.944 sec  
0110 = 5.24sec  
0101 = 83.006 sec  
0111 = 10.5sec  
1000 = 21sec  
1001-1111 = {unused values}  
0110 = 167.772 sec  
0111 = 335.544 sec  
1000 = 671.088 sec  
1001 = 1342.178 sec  
10101111 = {unused values}  
62  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICN1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Fractional Scaling Numerator Register 1  
54h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICN[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
The ICN1 and ICN2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Fractional Scaling Numerator (ICN[7:0]). The full 16-bit ICN[15:0] field spans this  
register and ICN2. ICN is an unsigned integer. The value ICN+1 is the numerator used for fractional scaling of the  
input clock frequency. See section 5.5.1.  
Register Name:  
ICN2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Fractional Scaling Numerator Register 2  
55h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICN[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
The ICN1 and ICN2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Fractional Scaling Numerator (ICN[15:8]). See the ICN1 register description.  
63  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICD1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Fractional Scaling Denominator Register 1  
56h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICD[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
The ICD1 through ICD4 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Fractional Scaling Denominator (ICD[7:0]). The full 32-bit ICD[31:0] field spans this  
register, ICD2, ICD3 and ICD4. ICD is an unsigned integer. The value ICD+1 is the denominator used for fractional  
scaling of the input clock frequency. See section 5.5.1.  
Register Name:  
ICD2  
Register Description:  
Input Clock Fractional Scaling Denominator Register 2  
Register Address:  
57h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICD[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
The ICD1 through ICD4 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Fractional Scaling Denominator (ICD[15:8]). See the ICD1 register description.  
Register Name:  
ICD3  
Register Description:  
Input Clock Fractional Scaling Denominator Register 3  
Register Address:  
58h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICD[23:16]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
The ICD1 through ICD4 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Fractional Scaling Denominator (ICD[23:16]). See the ICD1 register description.  
Register Name:  
ICD4  
Register Description:  
Input Clock Fractional Scaling Denominator Register 4  
Register Address:  
59h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICD[31:24]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
The ICD1 through ICD4 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Fractional Scaling Denominator (ICD[31:24]). See the ICD1 register description.  
64  
 
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICLBU  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Leaky Bucket Upper Threshold  
5Ah  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICLBU[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Leaky Bucket Upper Threshold (ICLBU[7:0]). When the leaky bucket accumulator is  
equal to the value stored in this field, the activity monitor declares an activity alarm by setting the input clock’s ACT  
bit in the ISR register. See section 5.5.2.2.  
Register Name:  
ICLBL  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Leaky Bucket Lower Threshold  
5Bh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICLBL[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Leaky Bucket Lower Threshold (ICLBL[7:0]). When the leaky bucket accumulator is  
equal to the value stored in this field, the activity monitoring logic clears the activity alarm (if previously declared) by  
clearing the input clock’s ACT bit in the ISR register. See section 5.5.2.2.  
Register Name:  
ICLBS  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Leaky Bucket Size  
5Ch  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICLBS[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Leaky Bucket Size (ICLBS[7:0]). This field specifies the maximum value of the leaky  
bucket accumulator. The accumulator cannot increment past this value. Setting this register to 00h disables activity  
monitoring and forces the ACT bit to 1 in the ISR register. See section 5.5.2.2.  
Register Name:  
ICLBD  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Leaky Bucket Decay Rate  
5Dh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICLBD[1:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 1 to 0: Input Clock Leaky Bucket Decay Rate (ICLBD[1:0]). This field specifies the decay or “leak” rate of  
the leaky bucket accumulator. For each period of 1, 2, 4, or 8 128ms intervals in which no irregularities are  
detected on the input clock, the accumulator decrements by 1. See section 5.5.2.2.  
00 = decrement every 128ms (8 units/second)  
01 = decrement every 256ms (4 units/second)  
10 = decrement every 512ms (2 units/second)  
11 = decrement every 1024ms (1 unit/second)  
65  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICAHLIM  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Frequency Acceptance Hard Limit  
5Eh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICAHLIM[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Frequency Acceptance Hard Limit (ICAHLIM[7:0]). This field is an unsigned integer  
that specifies the hard frequency limit for accepting an input clock (i.e. the pull-in range for the input clock). When  
the fractional frequency offset of the input clock is less than this limit, the frequency monitor indicates the input  
clock has valid frequency by setting HARD = 0 in the ISR register.  
When ICCR4.FMRES=0 (standard resolution), ICAHLIM can be set as high as ±320ppm and has ~1.25ppm  
resolution. The default limit is approximately 10.05ppm. The limit in ppm is ICAHLIM x 1.255867ppm.  
When ICCR4.FMRES=1 (high resolution), ICAHLIM can be set as high as ±50ppm and has ~0.2ppm resolution.  
The limit in ppm is ICAHLIM x 0.19622928ppm.  
The reference clock used to measure the frequency of the input clock is specified by ICCR2.FMONCLK. The hard  
alarm is enabled for an input by setting ICCR2.HARDEN = 1. Set ICRHLIM ICAHLIM * 1.05 to meet the  
hysteresis and rejection requirements of GR-1244 R3-30 [110] and R3-31 [111]. The value 00h is undefined. See  
section 5.5.2.1.  
Register Name:  
ICRHLIM  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Frequency Rejection Hard Limit  
5Fh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICRHLIM[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Frequency Rejection Hard Limit (ICRHLIM[7:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that  
specifies the hard frequency limit for rejecting an input clock. When the fractional frequency offset of the input clock  
is greater than or equal to this limit, the frequency monitor indicates hard frequency alarm by setting HARD = 1 in  
the ISR register, which immediately invalidates the clock.  
When ICCR4.FMRES=0 (standard resolution), ICRHLIM can be set as high as ±320ppm and has ~1.25ppm  
resolution. The default limit is approximately 11.3ppm. The limit in ppm is ICRHLIM x 1.255867ppm.  
When ICCR4.FMRES=1 (high resolution), ICRHLIM can be set as high as ±50ppm and has ~0.2ppm resolution.  
The limit in ppm is ICRHLIM x 0.19622928ppm.  
The reference clock used to measure the frequency of the input clock is specified by ICCR2.FMONCLK. The hard  
alarm is enabled for an input by setting ICCR2.HARDEN = 1. Set ICRHLIM ICAHLIM * 1.05 to meet the  
hysteresis and rejection requirements of GR-1244 R3-30 [110] and R3-31 [111]. The value 00h is undefined. See  
section 5.5.2.1.  
66  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICSLIM  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Frequency Soft Limit  
60h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
ICSLIM[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
Bits 7 to 0: Input Clock Frequency Soft Limit (ICSLIM[7:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the  
soft frequency limit for an input clock. When the fractional frequency offset of the input clock is greater than or  
equal to this soft limit, the frequency monitor indicates soft frequency alarm by setting SOFT=1 in the appropriate  
ISR register. The soft alarm limit is only used for monitoring; soft alarms do not invalidate input clocks.  
When ICCR4.FMRES=0 (standard resolution), ICSLIM can be set as high as ±320ppm and has ~1.25ppm  
resolution. The default limit is approximately 7.5ppm. The limit in ppm is ICSLIM x 1.255867ppm.  
When ICCR4.FMRES=1 (high resolution), ICSLIM can be set as high as ±50ppm and has ~0.2ppm resolution. The  
limit in ppm is ICRHLIM x 0.19622928ppm.  
The reference clock used to measure the frequency of the input clock is specified by ICCR2.FMONCLK. The soft  
alarm is enabled for an input by setting ICCR2.SOFTEN=1. The value 00h is undefined. See section 5.5.2.1.  
67  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
FMEAS1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Frequency Measurement Register 1  
61h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
FMEAS[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
The FMEAS1 and FMEAS2 registers must be read consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Measured Frequency (FMEAS[7:0]). The full 16-bit FMEAS[15:0] field spans this register and  
FMEAS2. This read-only field indicates the measured frequency of the input clock. FMEAS is a two’s-complement  
signed integer that expresses the fractional frequency offset of the input clock. When ICCR4.FMRES=0 (standard  
resolution) the measured frequency is FMEAS[15:0] x 0.156983ppm. When ICCR4.FMRES=1 (high resolution) the  
measured frequency is FMEAS[15:0] x 4.905732ppb. See section 5.5.2.1.  
Note that if the DPLL’s nominal master clock frequency (fMCLK) is not an integer multiple of 500Hz, the frequency  
reported by FMEAS will have a small offset error that can be calculated using the following equations:  
N = round( fMCLK / 500 )  
offset error in ppm = [ ( (500 * N) fMCLK ) / fMCLK ] * 1,000,000  
The worst possible offset error is 1.32ppm which occurs when fMCLK ends in 250 and therefore fMCLK / 500 has a  
fractional part of exactly 0.5, for example fMCLK =190,000,250Hz and fMCLK / 500 = 380,000.5. If the DPLL’s master  
clock frequency is an integer multiple of 500Hz then the offset error is zero.  
Register Name:  
FMEAS2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Frequency Measurement Register 2  
62h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
FMEAS[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The input clock registers are bank-selected by the ICSEL register. See section 6.1.3.  
The FMEAS1 and FMEAS2 registers must be read consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Measured Frequency (FMEAS[15:8]). See the FMEAS1 register description.  
68  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICCR4  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Configuration Register 4  
63h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
FMRES  
0
Bit 1  
0
Bit 0  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 2: Frequency Monitor Resolution (FMRES). This bit specifies standard resolution or high resolution for the  
frequency monitor. See section 5.5.2.1.  
0 = Standard resolution  
1 = High resolution  
Standard  
Resolution  
0.156983ppm  
High  
Resolution  
4.905732ppb  
Register  
FMEAS  
ICAHLIM  
ICRHLIM  
ICSLIM  
1.255867ppm 0.19622928ppm  
69  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
6.3.6 DPLL Registers  
Note: The DPLL registers cannot be read or written unless a master clock is provided to the input block and the  
DPLL. See section 5.2.2.  
Note: When the DPLL is disabled (MCR1.DPLLEN=0) all DPLL register fields are ignored by the device and should  
be ignored by system software.  
Register Name:  
DPLLCR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Configuration Register 1  
71h  
Bit 7  
EXTSW  
see below  
Bit 6  
UFSW  
0
Bit 5  
REVERT  
0
Bit 4  
PPM160  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
FORCE[3:0]  
0
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
Bit 7: External Reference Switching Mode (EXTSW). This bit enables the input block's external reference  
switching mode. In this mode, if the SS pin is high the DPLL is forced to lock to input IC1 whether or not the  
selected input has a valid reference signal. If the SS pin is low the DPLL is forced to lock to input IC2 whether or  
not the selected input has a valid reference signal. See section 5.5.3.5.  
0 = Normal operation  
1 = External switching mode  
Bit 6: Ultra-Fast Switching Mode (UFSW). See section 5.5.3.4.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled. The current selected reference is disqualified after a few missing clock cycles  
(see Table 5-4).  
Bit 5: Revertive Mode (REVERT). This bit configures the DPLL for revertive or nonrevertive operation. In revertive  
mode, if an input clock with a higher priority than the selected reference becomes valid, the higher priority  
reference immediately becomes the selected reference. In nonrevertive mode the higher priority reference does not  
immediately become the selected reference but does become the highest-priority reference in the priority table  
(REF1 field in the PTAB1 register). See section 5.5.3.2.  
Bit 4: 160ppm Mode (PPM160). This bit enables the DPLL's ±160ppm tracking range mode. See section 5.6.12.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bits 3 to 0: Force Selected Reference (FORCE[3:0]). This field provides a way to force a specified input clock to  
be the selected reference for the DPLL. Internally this is accomplished by forcing the clock to have the highest  
priority (as specified in PTAB1.REF1). In revertive mode (REVERT=1) the forced clock automatically becomes the  
selected reference (as specified in PTAB1.SELREF) as well. In nonrevertive mode (REVERT=0) the forced clock  
only becomes the selected reference when the existing selected reference is invalidated or made unavailable for  
selection.  
When a reference is forced, the frequency monitor and activity monitor for that input and the DPLL’s loss-of-lock  
timeout logic all continue to operate and affect the relevant ISR, VALSR and ICLSR register bits. However, when  
the reference is declared invalid the DPLL is not allowed to switch to another input clock. The DPLL continues to  
respond to the fast activity monitor, transitioning to mini-holdover in response to short-term events and to full  
holdover in response to longer events. This field has no effect when EXTSW=1. See section 5.5.3.3.  
0000 = Automatic source selection (normal operation)  
0001 = Force to IC1  
0010 = Force to IC2  
0011 to 1111 = {unused values}  
70  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
DPLLCR2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Configuration Register 2  
72h  
Bit 7  
HOMODE[1:0]  
0
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
MINIHO[1:0]  
0
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
STATE[2:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 6: Holdover Mode (HOMODE[1:0]). This field specifies the DPLL’s main holdover mode. See section  
5.6.1.6.  
00 = Instantaneous  
01 = Manual Holdover (set by HOFREQ)  
10 = {unused value}  
11 = {unused value}  
Bits 5 to 4: Miniholdover Mode (MINIHO). Miniholdover is a transitional state the DPLL enters immediately after  
losing its selected reference. In miniholdover the DPLL behaves exactly the same as in holdover but with a  
holdover frequency specified by this field. See section 5.6.1.7.  
00 = Instantaneous  
01 = Manual Holdover (set by HOFREQ)  
10 = {unused value}  
11 = {unused value}  
Bits 2 to 0: DPLL State Control (STATE[2:0]). This field can be used to force the DPLL state machine to a  
specified state. The state machine remains in the forced state, and therefore cannot react to alarms and other  
events, as long as STATE is not equal to 000. See section 5.6.1.  
000 = Automatic (normal state machine operation)  
001 = Free-run  
010 = Holdover  
011 = {unused value}  
100 = Locked  
101 = Prelocked 2  
110 = Prelocked  
111 = Loss-of-lock  
71  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
DPLLCR3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Configuration Register 3  
73h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
ADAMP[2:0]  
1
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
ABW[4:0]  
1
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
1
0
1
1
1
Bits 7 to 5: Acquisition Damping Factor (ADAMP[2:0]). This field configures the DPLL’s damping factor when  
acquiring lock (i.e. pulling in). Acquisition damping factor is a function of both ADAMP and the acquisition DPLL  
bandwidth (ABW field below). The default value corresponds to a damping factor of 5 for all bandwidths. See  
section 5.6.3.  
8Hz  
2.5  
5
5
5
18Hz  
1.2  
2.5  
5
5
5
35Hz  
1.2  
2.5  
5
10  
10  
≥ 70Hz  
1.2  
2.5  
5
4Hz  
001 =  
010 =  
011 =  
100 =  
101 =  
5
5
5
5
5
10  
20  
5
000, 110, and 111 =  
{unused values}  
The gain peak for each damping factor is shown below:  
DAMPING  
GAIN PEAK (dB)  
FACTOR  
1.2  
2.5  
5.0  
10  
0.4  
0.2  
0.1  
0.06  
0.03  
20  
Bits 4 to 0: Acquisition Bandwidth (ABW[4:0]). This field configures the bandwidth of the DPLL when acquiring  
lock (i.e. pulling in). When DPLLCR6.AUTOBW=0, DPLLCR4.LBW bandwidth is used for acquisition and for locked  
operation. When AUTOBW=1, ABW bandwidth is used for acquisition while LBW bandwidth is used for locked  
operation. See section 5.6.2.  
01101 = 4 Hz  
01110 = 8 Hz  
01111 = 18 Hz (default)  
10000 = 35 Hz  
10001 = 70 Hz  
10010 = 120Hz  
10011 = 250Hz  
10100 = 400Hz  
10101 to 11111 = {unused values}  
72  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
DPLLCR4  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Configuration Register 4  
74h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
LDAMP[2:0]  
1
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
LBW[4:0]  
1
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
1
0
1
0
1
Bits 7 to 5: Locked Damping Factor (LDAMP[2:0]). This field configures the DPLL’s damping factor when locked  
to an input clock. Locked damping factor is a function of both LDAMP and the locked DPLL bandwidth (LBW field  
below). The default value corresponds to a damping factor of 5 for all bandwidths. See section 5.6.3.  
8Hz  
2.5  
5
5
5
18Hz  
1.2  
2.5  
5
5
5
35Hz  
1.2  
2.5  
5
10  
10  
≥ 70Hz  
1.2  
2.5  
5
4Hz  
001 =  
010 =  
011 =  
100 =  
101 =  
5
5
5
5
5
10  
20  
5
000, 110, and 111 =  
{unused values}  
The gain peak for each damping factor is shown below:  
DAMPING  
FACTOR  
GAIN PEAK (dB)  
1.2  
2.5  
5.0  
10  
0.4  
0.2  
0.1  
0.06  
0.03  
20  
Bits 4 to 0: Locked Bandwidth (LBW[4:0]). This field configures the bandwidth of the DPLL when locked to an  
input clock. When DPLLCR6.AUTOBW=0, the LBW bandwidth is used for acquisition and for locked operation.  
When AUTOBW=1, DPLLCR3.ABW bandwidth is used for acquisition while LBW bandwidth is used for locked  
operation. See section 5.6.2.  
01101 = 4 Hz (default)  
01110 = 8 Hz  
01111 = 18 Hz  
10000 = 35 Hz  
10001 = 70 Hz  
10010 = 120Hz  
10011 = 250Hz  
10100 = 400Hz  
10101 to 11111 = {unused values}  
73  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
DPLLCR5  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Configuration Register 5  
75h  
Bit 7  
NALOL  
0
Bit 6  
FLLOL  
1
Bit 5  
FLEN  
1
Bit 4  
CLEN  
1
Bit 3  
MCPDEN  
0
Bit 2  
USEMCPD  
0
Bit 1  
D180  
0
Bit 0  
PFD180  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 7: No-Activity Loss of Lock (NALOL). The DPLL can detect that an input clock has no activity very quickly  
(within two clock cycles). When NALOL = 1, the DPLL internally declares loss-of-lock as soon as no activity is  
detected, and then switches to phase/frequency locking (360). When NALOL = 0, loss-of-lock is not declared  
when clock cycles are missing, and nearest edge locking (180) is used when the clock recovers. This gives  
tolerance to missing cycles. See sections 5.5.2.3 and 5.6.5.  
0 = No activity does not trigger loss-of-lock  
1 = No activity does trigger loss-of-lock  
Bit 6: Frequency Limit Loss of Lock (FLLOL). When this bit is set to 1, the DPLL internally declares loss-of-lock  
when the DPLL’s frequency exceeds the frequency hard limit specified in the HRDLIM registers. See section 5.6.5.  
0 = DPLL does not declare loss-of-lock when the hard frequency limit is reached  
1 = DPLL declares loss-of-lock when the hard frequency limit is reached  
Bit 5: Fine Phase Limit Enable (FLEN). When this bit is set to 1, the DPLL internally declares loss-of-lock when  
the DPLL’s phase (difference between output phase and input phase) exceeds the fine phase limit specified in the  
PHLIM.FINELIM[2:0] field. The fine limit must be disabled for multi-UI jitter tolerance. See section 5.6.5.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 4: Coarse Phase Limit Enable (CLEN). When this bit is set to 1, the DPLL internally declares loss-of-lock  
when the DPLL’s phase (difference between output phase and input phase) exceeds the coarse phase limit  
specified in the PHLIM.COARSELIM[3:0] field. See section 5.6.5.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 3: Multicycle Phase Detector Enable (MCPDEN). This configuration bit enables the multicycle phase detector  
and allows the DPLL to tolerate large-amplitude jitter and wander. The range of the multicycle phase detector is the  
same as the coarse phase limit specified in the PHLIM.COARSELIM[3:0] field. See section 5.6.4.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 2: Use Multicycle Phase Detector in the DPLL Algorithm (USEMCPD). This configuration bit enables the  
DPLL algorithm to use the multicycle phase detector so that a large phase measurement drives faster DPLL pull-in.  
When USEMCPD = 0, phase measurement is limited to 360, giving slower pull-in at higher frequencies but with  
less overshoot. When USEMCPD = 1, phase measurement is set as specified in the COARSELIM[3:0] field, giving  
faster pull-in. MCPDEN should be set to 1 when USEMCPD = 1. See section 5.6.4.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 1: Disable 180 (D180). When locking to a new reference, the DPLL first tries nearest-edge locking (180) for  
the first two seconds. If unsuccessful it then tries full phase/frequency locking (360). Disabling the nearest-edge  
locking can reduce lock time by up to two seconds but may cause an unnecessary phase shift (up to 360) when  
the new reference is close in frequency/phase to the old reference. See section 5.6.4.  
0 = normal operation: try nearest-edge locking then phase/frequency locking  
1 = phase/frequency locking only  
Bit 0: 180PFD Enable (PFD180). If D180 = 1, then PFD180 has no effect.  
0 = Use 180phase detector (nearest-edge locking mode)  
1 = Use 180phase-frequency detector  
74  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
DPLLCR6  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Configuration Register 6  
76h  
Bit 7  
AUTOBW  
1
Bit 6  
LIMINT  
1
Bit 5  
PBOEN  
1
Bit 4  
PBOFRZ  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
0
Bit 1  
RDAVG[1:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
Bit 7: Automatic Bandwidth Selection (AUTOBW). See section 5.6.2.  
0 = Use bandwidth specified in DPLLCR4.LBW during acquisition and while locked  
1 = Use bandwidth specified in DPLLCR3.ABW during acquisition and use bandwidth specified in  
DPLLCR4.LBW while locked  
Bit 6: Limit Integral Path (LIMINT). When this bit is set to 1, the DPLL’s integral path is limited (i.e., frozen) when  
the DPLL reaches minimum or maximum frequency, as set in the HRDLIM registers. When the integral path is  
frozen, the current DPLL frequency in the FREQ registers is also frozen. Setting LIMINT = 1 minimizes overshoot  
when the DPLL is pulling in. See section 5.6.2.  
0 = Do not freeze integral path at min/max frequency  
1 = Freeze integral path at min/max frequency  
Bit 5: Phase Build-Out Enable (PBOEN). When this bit is set to 1 a phase build-out event occurs every time the  
DPLL changes to a new reference, including exiting the holdover and free-run states. Phase build-out on change of  
reference is also known as hitless switching. When this bit is set to 0, the DPLL locks to the new source with zero  
degrees of phase difference. See section 5.6.6.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 4: Phase Build-Out Freeze (PBOFRZ). This bit freezes the current input-output phase relationship and does  
not allow further phase build-out events to occur. See section 5.6.6.1.  
0 = Not frozen  
1 = Frozen  
Bits 1 to 0: Read Average (RDAVG[1:0]). This field controls which value is accessed when reading the FREQ  
field: the DPLL’s instantaneous frequency or average frequency.  
00 = Read the instantaneous value  
01 = Read the 1-second average  
10 = {unused value}  
11 = {unused value}  
75  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
PHMON  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Phase Monitor Register  
78h  
Bit 7  
NW  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
PMEN  
0
Bit 4  
PMPBEN  
0
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
PHMONLIM[3:0]  
1
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
1
0
Bit 7: Low-Frequency Input Clock Noise Window (NW). For 2kHz to 8 kHz input clocks, this configuration bit  
enables a 5% tolerance noise window centered around the expected clock edge location. Noise-induced edges  
outside this window are ignored, reducing the possibility of phase hits on the output clocks. NW should be enabled  
only when the device is locked to an input and DPLLCR5.D180=0.  
0 = All edges are recognized by the DPLL  
1 = Only edges within the 5% tolerance window are recognized by the DPLL  
Bit 5: Phase Monitor Enable (PMEN). This configuration bit enables the phase monitor, which measures the  
phase error between the input clock reference and the DPLL output. When the DPLL is set for low bandwidth, a  
phase transient on the input causes an immediate phase error that is gradually reduced as the DPLL tracks the  
input. When the measured phase error exceeds the limit set in the PHMONLIM field (below), the phase monitor  
declares a phase monitor alarm by setting PLL1SR.PHMON. See section 5.6.6.  
0 = Disabled  
1 = Enabled  
Bit 4: Phase Monitor Phase Build-Out Enable (PMPBEN). This bit enables phase build-out in response to phase  
hits on the selected reference. See section 5.6.6.  
0 = Phase monitor alarm does not trigger a phase build-out event  
1 = Phase monitor alarm does trigger a phase build-out event  
Bits 3 to 0: Phase Monitor Limit (PHMONLIM[3:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the magnitude  
of phase error that causes a phase monitor alarm to be declared (PLL1LSR.PHMON). The phase monitor limit in  
nanoseconds is equal to (PMLIM[3:0] + 7) * 156.25, which corresponds to a range of 1.094s to 3.437s in  
156.25ns steps. The phase monitor is enabled by setting PMEN=1. See section 5.6.6.  
76  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
PHLIM  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Phase Limit Register  
79h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
FINELIM[2:0]  
1
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
COARSELIM[3:0]  
1
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
1
Bits 6 to 4: Fine Phase Limit (FINELIM[2:0]). This field specifies the fine phase limit window, outside of which  
loss-of-lock is declared. The DPLLCR5.FLEN bit enables this feature. The phase of the input clock has to be inside  
the fine limit window for two seconds before phase lock is declared. Loss-of-lock is declared immediately if the  
phase of the input clock is outside the phase limit window. The default value of 010 is appropriate for most  
situations. See section 5.6.5.  
000 = Always indicates loss of phase lockdo not use  
001 = Small phase limit window, 45 to 90  
010 = Normal phase limit window, 90 to 180(default)  
100, 101, 110, 111 = Proportionately larger phase limit window  
Bits 3 to 0: Coarse Phase Limit (COARSELIM[3:0]). This field specifies the coarse phase limit and the tracking  
range of the multicycle phase detector. The DPLLCR5.CLEN bit enables this feature. If jitter tolerance greater than  
0.5UI is required and the input clock is a high frequency (10MHz) signal then the DPLL can be configured to track  
phase errors over many UI using the multicycle phase detector. See section 5.6.4 and 5.6.5.  
0000 = 1UI  
0001 = 3UI  
0010 = 7UI  
0011 = 15UI  
0100 = 31UI  
0101 = 63UI  
0110 = 127UI  
0111 = 255UI  
1000 = 511UI  
1001 = 1023UI  
1010 = 2047UI  
1011 = 4095UI  
1100 to 1111 = 8191UI  
77  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
PHLKTO  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Phase Lock Timeout Register  
7Ah  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
PHLKTOM[1:0]  
PHLKTO[5:0]  
Default  
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
Bits 7 to 6: Phase Lock Timeout Multiplier (PHLKTOM[1:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the  
resolution of the PHLKTO field below.  
00 = 2 seconds  
01 = 4 seconds  
10 = 8 seconds  
11 = 16 seconds  
Bits 5 to 0: Phase Lock Timeout (PHLKTO[5:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that, together with the  
PHLKTOM field above, specifies the length of time that the DPLL attempts to lock to an input clock before declaring  
a phase lock alarm (by setting the corresponding LOCK bit in the ISR register). The timeout period in seconds is  
PHLKTO[5:0] x 2^(PHLKTOM[1:0]+1). When unable to declare lock, the DPLL remains in the prelocked, prelocked  
2, or loss-of-lock states for the specified time before declaring a phase lock alarm on the selected input. When  
PHLKTO=0, the timeout is disabled, and the DPLL can remain indefinitely in the prelocked, prelocked 2 or loss-of-  
lock states. See section 5.6.1.4.  
Register Name:  
LKATO  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Lock Alarm Timeout Register  
7Bh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
LKATOM[1:0]  
LKATO[5:0]  
Default  
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
Bits 7 to 6: Lock Alarm Timeout Multiplier (LKATOM[1:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the  
resolution of the LKATO field below.  
00 = 2 seconds  
01 = 4 seconds  
10 = 8 seconds  
11 = 16 seconds  
Bits 5 to 0: Lock Alarm Timeout (LKATO[5:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that, together with the LKATOM  
field above, specifies the length of time that a phase lock alarm remains active before being automatically  
deasserted (by clearing the corresponding LOCK bit in the ISR register). The timeout period in seconds is  
LKATO[5:0] x 2^(LKATOM[1:0]+1). When LKATO=0, the timeout is disabled, and the phase lock alarm remains  
active until cleared by software writing a 0 to the LOCK bit. See section 5.6.1.4.  
78  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
HRDLIM1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Hard Frequency Limit Register 1  
7Ch  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
HRDLIM[7:0]  
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
The HRDLIM1 and HRDLIM2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: DPLL Hard Frequency Limit (HRDLIM[7:0]). The full 16-bit HRDLIM[15:0] field spans this register  
and HRDLIM2. HARDLIM is an unsigned integer that specifies the hard frequency limit or pull-in/hold-in range of  
the DPLL. This is a limit of the DPLL’s integral path. HRDLIM can be set as high as ±80ppm and has ~1.2ppb  
resolution. The default limit is 12ppm. When frequency limit detection is enabled by setting DPLLCR5.FLLOL = 1,  
if the DPLL frequency exceeds the hard limit the DPLL declares loss-of-lock. The hard frequency limit in ppb is  
equal to  
HRDLIM[15:0] x R x 1.226433036.  
where R = fMCLK / 204.8MHz and fMCLK is the nominal frequency of the DPLL’s master clock (see section 5.3). If  
external reference switching mode is enabled during reset (see Section 5.5.3.5), the default value is configured to  
80ppm (FFFFh). The value 00h is undefined. See section 5.6.5.  
Register Name:  
HRDLIM2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Hard Frequency Limit Register 2  
7Dh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
HRDLIM[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
1
0
0
1
1
0
The HRDLIM1 and HRDLIM2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: DPLL Hard Frequency Limit (HRDLIM[15:8]). See the HRDLIM1 register description.  
Register Name:  
SOFTLIM  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Soft Frequency Limit Register  
7Eh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
SOFTLIM[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
Bits 7 to 0: DPLL Soft Frequency Limit (SOFTLIM[7:0]). This field is an unsigned integer that specifies the soft  
frequency limit for the DPLL. The soft limit is only used for monitoring; exceeding this limit does not cause loss-of-  
lock. The limit in ppm is equal to  
SOFTLIM[7:0] x R x 0.313966857.  
where R = fMCLK / 204.8MHz and fMCLK is the nominal frequency of the DPLL’s master clock (see section 5.3). The  
default value is approximately 8.2ppm. When the DPLL frequency reaches the soft limit, the SOFT status bit is set  
in the PLL1SR register. The value 00h is undefined. See section 5.6.5.  
79  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
OFFSET1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Phase Offset Register 1  
80h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
OFFSET[7:0]  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The OFFSET1 and OFFSET2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Phase Offset (OFFSET[7:0]). The full 16-bit OFFSET[15:0] field spans this register and the OFFSET2  
register. OFFSET is a two’s-complement signed integer that specifies the desired phase offset between the output  
of the DPLL and the selected input reference. The phase offset in picoseconds is equal to OFFSET[15:0] x  
actual_internal_clock_period / 211. If the internal clock is at its nominal frequency of 77.76MHz then the phase  
offset equation simplifies to OFFSET[15:0] x 6.279ps. If, however, the DPLL is locked to a reference whose  
frequency is +1ppm from ideal, for example, then the actual internal clock period is 1ppm shorter and the phase  
offset is 1ppm smaller. When the OFFSET field is written, the phase of the output clocks is automatically ramped to  
the new offset value to avoid loss of synchronization. The OFFSET field is ignored when phase build-out is enabled  
(DPLLCR6.PBOEN = 1) and when the DPLL is not locked. See section 5.6.7.  
Note: The DPLL cannot support a non-zero OFFSET value when transitioning to the Free-Run state. See the DPLL  
state diagram in Figure 5-9 for the one state transition to the Free-Run state from the Prelocked state. To avoid this  
state transition when OFFSET0 do one of the following:  
1. First step after device reset, with MCR2.IC1EN and MCR2.IC2EN both left at default values of 0, force the  
DPLL into the Holdover state (DPLLCR2.STATE=010) and then back to automatic state transitions  
(DPLLCR2.STATE=000). After reset the Holdover state behaves exactly the same as the Free-Run state  
(0ppm offset vs. the local oscillator).  
2. Do not set the OFFSET field to a non-zero value until the DPLL is in one of these states: Locked, Loss-of-  
Lock, Holdover, Prelocked2 (PLL1SR.STATE=010, 100, 101 or 111). After the DPLL has reached one of  
these states it cannot return to the Free-Run state unless forced.  
Also do not force the DPLL to the Free-Run state during operation when OFFSET0.  
Register Name:  
OFFSET2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Phase Offset Register 2  
81h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
OFFSET[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The OFFSET1 and OFFSET2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Phase Offset (OFFSET[15:8]). See the OFFSET1 register description.  
80  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
VALCR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Valid Control Register 1  
82h  
Bit 7  
1
Bit 6  
1
Bit 5  
1
Bit 4  
1
Bit 3  
1
Bit 2  
1
Bit 1  
IC2  
1
Bit 0  
IC1  
1
Name  
Default  
Bits 1 to 0: Input Clock Valid Control (IC2, IC1). These control bits can be used to force input clocks to be  
considered invalid. If a clock is invalidated by one of these control bits it will not appear in the priority table in the  
PTAB1 and PTAB2 registers, even if the clock is otherwise valid. These bits are useful when system software  
needs to force clocks to be invalid in response to OAM commands. Note that setting a VALCR bit low has no effect  
on the corresponding bit in the VALSR register. See section 5.5.3.2.  
0 = Force invalid  
1 = Don’t force invalid; determine validity normally  
Register Name:  
IPR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Priority Register 1  
83h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
PRI2[3:0]  
PRI1[3:0]  
Default  
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
Bits 7 to 4: Priority for Input Clock 2 (PRI2[3:0]). This field specifies the priority of IC2. Priority 0001 is highest;  
priority 1111 is lowest. See section 5.5.3.1.  
0000  
00011111  
= IC2 unavailable for selection.  
= IC2 relative priority  
Bits 3 to 0: Priority for Input Clock 1 (PRI1[3:0]). This field specifies the priority of IC1. Priority 0001 is highest;  
priority 1111 is lowest. See section 5.5.3.1.  
0000  
00011111  
= IC1 unavailable for selection.  
= IC1 relative priority  
81  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
PTAB1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Priority Table Register 1  
85h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
REF1[3:0]  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
SELREF[3:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 4: Highest Priority Valid Reference (REF1[3:0]). This real-time status field indicates the DPLL’s  
highest-priority valid input reference. Note that an input reference cannot be indicated in this field if it has been  
marked invalid in the VALCR1 register. When the DPLL is in nonrevertive mode (DPLLCR1.REVERT = 0) this field  
may not have the same value as the SELREF[3:0] field. See section 5.5.3.2.  
0000 = No valid input reference available  
0001 = IC1 input  
0010 = IC2 input  
0011 to 1111 = {unused values}  
Bits 3 to 0: Selected Reference (SELREF[3:0]). This real-time status field indicates the DPLL’s current selected  
reference. Note that an input clock cannot be indicated in this field if it has been marked invalid in the VALCR1.  
When the DPLL is in nonrevertive mode (DPLLCR1.REVERT = 0) this field may not have the same value as the  
REF1[3:0] field. See section 5.5.3.2.  
0000 = No valid input reference available  
0001 = IC1 input  
0010 = IC2 input  
0011 to 1111 = {unused values}  
Register Name:  
PTAB2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Priority Table Register 2  
86h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
REF2[3:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 3 to 0: Second Highest Priority Valid Reference (REF2[3:0]). This real-time status field indicates the  
DPLL’s second highest priority validated input reference. Note that an input reference cannot be indicated in this  
field if it has been marked invalid in the VALCR1 register. See section 5.5.3.2.  
0000 = No valid input reference available  
0001 = IC1 input  
0010 = IC2 input  
0011 to 1111 = {unused values}  
82  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
PHASE1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Phase Register 1  
87h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
PHASE[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The PHASE1 and PHASE2 registers must be read consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Phase (PHASE[7:0]). The full 16-bit PHASE[15:0] field spans this register and the  
PHASE2 register. PHASE is a two’s-complement signed integer that indicates the current value of the phase  
detector (i.e. the phase difference between DPLL output and DPLL input). The value is the output of the phase  
averager. The averaged phase difference in degrees is equal to PHASE x 0.707. See section 5.6.8.  
Register Name:  
PHASE2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Phase Register 2  
88h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
PHASE[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The PHASE1 and PHASE2 registers must be read consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Phase (PHASE[15:8]). See the PHASE1 register description.  
Register Name:  
FREQ1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Frequency Register 1  
89h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
FREQ[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The FREQ1 to FREQ4 registers must be read consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Frequency (FREQ[7:0]). The full 32-bit FREQ[31:0] field spans this register, FREQ2,  
FREQ3 and FREQ4. This read-only field is a two’s-complement signed integer that expresses the fractional  
frequency offset of the DPLL. The frequency in ppm is equal to  
FREQ[31:0] x R x 3.7427766E-8  
where R = fMCLK / 204.8MHz and fMCLK is the nominal frequency of the DPLL’s master clock (see section 5.3). When  
DPLLCR6.RDAVG=0, the value in this field is derived from the DPLL integral path and can be considered a very  
short-term average frequency with a rate of change inversely proportional to the DPLL bandwidth. If  
DPLLCR6.LIMINT = 1, the value of FREQ freezes when the DPLL reaches its minimum or maximum frequency.  
When DPLLCR6.RDAVG0, the value in this field is one of the longer-term frequency averages computed by the  
DPLL. See section 5.6.1.6.  
Note: After DPLLCR6.RDAVG is changed, system software must wait at least 50s before reading the  
corresponding holdover value from the FREQ field.  
The reference clock for DPLL frequency measurement is the internal master clock (see section 5.3.3). This means  
the device counts the number of DPLL clock cycles that occur in an interval of time equal to a specific number of  
local oscillator clock periods. It then compares the actual count to the expected count to determine the fractional  
frequency offset of the DPLL vs. the fractional frequency offset of the local oscillator. Thus DPLL frequency  
measurements are relative. If the DPLL's input clock is known to have worse frequency accuracy than the local  
oscillator then the FREQ field can be assumed to indicate the fractional frequency offset of the input clock. If,  
however, the DPLL's input clock is known to be stratum 1 traceable and therefore has much better frequency  
83  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
accuracy than the local oscillator then the FREQ field actually indicates the fractional frequency offset of the local  
oscillator.  
Register Name:  
FREQ2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Frequency Register 2  
8Ah  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
FREQ[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The FREQ1 to FREQ4 registers must be read consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Frequency (FREQ[15:8]). See the FREQ1 register description.  
Register Name:  
FREQ3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Frequency Register 3  
8Bh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
FREQ[23:16]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The FREQ1 to FREQ4 registers must be read consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Frequency (FREQ[23:16]). See the FREQ1 register description.  
Register Name:  
FREQ4  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Frequency Register 4  
8Ch  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
FREQ[31:24]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The FREQ1 to FREQ4 registers must be read consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Current DPLL Frequency (FREQ[31:24]). See the FREQ1 register description.  
84  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
DFSCR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DFS Configuration Register 1  
8Dh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
DFSFREQ[3:0]  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 4: DFS Frequency (DFSFREQ[3:0]). This field sets the frequency of the DPLL’s output DFS block. See  
section 5.7.1.2.  
When the DPLL’s nominal master clock frequency is 204.8MHz, the following options are available:  
0000 = Disabled (DFS output clock held low)  
0001 = 77.760MHz (SONET/SDH)  
0010 = 62.500MHz (Ethernet)  
0011 = 49.152MHz (24 x E1)  
0100 = 65.536MHz (32 x E1)  
0101 = 74.112MHz (48 x DS1)  
0110 = 68.736MHz (2 x E3)  
0111 = 44.736MHz (DS3)  
1000 = 50.496MHz (8 x 6312kHz)  
1001 = 61.440MHz (2 x 30.72MHz, 6 x 10.24MHz)  
1010 = 52.000MHz (4 x 13MHz)  
1011 = 40.000MHz (4 x 10MHz)  
1100 = 50.000MHz (2 x 25MHz)  
1101 = 60.000MHz  
1110 = 70.000MHz  
1111 = Programmable DFS mode  
When the DPLL’s nominal master clock frequency is not 204.8MHz the following options are available:  
0000 = Disabled (DFS output clock held low)  
0010 = 62.500MHz (Ethernet)  
0101 = 74.112MHz (48 x DS1)  
1001 = 61.440MHz (2 x 30.72MHz, 6 x 10.24MHz)  
1101 = 60.000MHz  
1110 = 70.000MHz  
Other values are not recommended.  
85  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
MCFREQ1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock Frequency Adjustment Register 1  
8Eh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
MCFREQ[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The MCFREQ1 and MCFREQ2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock Frequency Adjustment (MCFREQ[7:0]). The full 16-bit MCFREQ[15:0] field spans this  
register and MCFREQ2. MCFREQ is an unsigned integer that tells the input block and the DPLL how to  
compensate for any known difference between the actual frequency of the signal on the MCLKOSCP/N pins and  
the nominal master clock frequency specified by MCDNOM and MCINOM. The resolution of MCFREQ is ~2.5ppb.  
The range of MCFREQ values allows compensation for master clock oscillator frequencies up to ±80ppm.  
Positive MCFREQ values effectively increase the frequency of the input block and the DPLL vs. the master clock.  
Negative MCFREQ values effectively decrease the frequency of the input block and the DPLL vs. the master clock.  
For example, if the MCLKOSCP/N signal has an offset of +1ppm, the adjustment should be -1ppm to correct the  
offset. The formulas below translate adjustments to register values and vice versa. The default register value of  
32,768 corresponds to 0ppm. See section 5.3.  
MCFREQ[23:0] = adjustment_in_ppm / (R x 0.002452866) + 32,768  
adjustment_in_ppm = ( MCFREQ[23:0] 32,768 ) x R x 0.002452866  
where R = fMCLK / 204.8MHz and fMCLK is the nominal frequency of the DPLL’s master clock (see section 5.3).  
Note that in APLL-only mode this field has no effect, but similar frequency adjustments (ppb or ppm) can be made  
in the APLLs' high-resolution fractional feedback divider value, AFBDIV.  
Register Name:  
MCFREQ2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock Frequency Adjustment Register 2  
8Fh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
MCFREQ[15:8]  
Default  
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The MCFREQ1 and MCFREQ2 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock Frequency Adjustment (MCFREQ[15:8]). See the MCFREQ1 register description.  
86  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
MCDNOM1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock DPLL Nominal Frequency Register 1  
90h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
MCDNOM[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock DPLL Nominal Frequency (MCDNOM[7:0]). The full 26-bit MCDNOM[25:0] field spans  
this register through MCDNOM4. MCDNOM is a two’s-complement signed integer that specifies to the DPLL the  
nominal frequency of the master clock. The nominal frequency must be between 190MHz and 208.333MHz.  
Typical nominal frequency values are 200.0MHz and 204.8MHz. See section 5.2.2.  
The formulas below translate nominal_frequency to MCDNOM register values and vice versa. The default register  
value of 0 corresponds to 204.8MHz.  
MCDNOM[25:0] = ((204,800,000 / nominal_frequency) 1) x 1,000,000 / 0.002452866  
nominal_frequency = 204,800,000 / (MCDNOM[25:0] x 0.002452866 / 1,000,000 + 1)  
Register Name:  
MCDNOM2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock DPLL Nominal Frequency Register 2  
91h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
MCDNOM[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock DPLL Nominal Frequency (MCDNOM[15:8]). See the MCDNOM1 register description.  
Register Name:  
MCDNOM3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock DPLL Nominal Frequency Register 3  
92h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
MCDNOM[23:16]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock DPLL Nominal Frequency (MCDNOM[23:16]). See the MCDNOM1 register  
description.  
Register Name:  
MCDNOM4  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock DPLL Nominal Frequency Register 4  
93h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
MCDNOM[25:24]  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 1 to 0: Master Clock DPLL Nominal Frequency (MCDNOM[25:24]). See the MCDNOM1 register  
description.  
87  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
MCINOM1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock Input-Block Nominal Frequency Register 1  
94h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
MCINOM[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock Input-Block Nominal Frequency (MCINOM[7:0]). The full 17-bit MCINOM[16:0] field  
spans this register through MCINOM3. MCINOM is a two’s-complement signed integer that specifies to the input  
block the nominal frequency of the master clock. The nominal frequency must be between 190MHz and  
208.333MHz. Typical nominal frequency values are 200.0MHz and 204.8MHz. See section 5.2.2.  
The formulas below translate nominal_frequency to MCINOM register values and vice versa. The default register  
value of 0 corresponds to 204.8MHz.  
MCINOM[16:0] = (204,800,000 / 500) (nominal_frequency / 500)  
nominal_frequency = 204,800,000 500 x MCINOM[16:0]  
Register Name:  
MCINOM2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock Input-Block Nominal Frequency Register 2  
95h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
MCINOM[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock Input-Block Nominal Frequency (MCINOM[15:8]). See the MCINOM1 register  
description.  
Register Name:  
MCINOM3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock Input-Block Nominal Frequency Register 3  
96h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
0
Bit 1  
0
Bit 0  
MCINOM16  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 0: Master Clock Input-Block Nominal Frequency (MCINOM[16]). See the MCINOM1 register description.  
88  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
MCAC1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock Adjust Count Register 1  
97h  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
MCAC[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bits 7 to 0: Master Clock Adjust Count (MCAC[7:0]). The full 9-bit MCAC[8:0] field spans this register through  
MCAC2. MCAC is a two’s-complement signed integer that must be set as shown below for proper operation of the  
input block. See section 5.3.3.  
N = round( fMCLK / 500Hz ) where fMCLK is the nominal frequency of the DPLL’s master clock in Hz  
if ICCR4.FMRES = 0  
MCAC[8:0] = round( ( 2,000,000 / (0.002452866 * N) 1991 ) / 16 )  
if ICCR4.FMRES = 1  
MCAC[8:0] = round( 2,000,000 / (0.002452866 * N) 1991 )  
Register Name:  
MCAC2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Master Clock Adjust Count Register 2  
98h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
0
Bit 1  
0
Bit 0  
MCAC[8]  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 0: Master Clock Adjust Count (MCAC[8]). See the MCAC1 register description.  
89  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
HOFREQ1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Holdover Frequency Register 1  
9Ch  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
HOFREQ[7:0]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The HOFREQ1 to HOFREQ4 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Holdover Frequency (HOFREQ[7:0]). The full 32-bit HOFREQ[31:0] field spans this register,  
HOFREQ2, HOFREQ3 and HOFREQ4. HOFREQ is a two’s-complement signed integer that specifies the manual  
holdover frequency as a fractional frequency offset with respect to the nominal frequency. This manual holdover  
frequency is used when DPLLCR2.HOMODE=01 (manual holdover mode). The HOFREQ field has the same size  
and format as the FREQ field to allow software to read FREQ, filter the value, and then write to HOFREQ. Holdover  
frequency offset in ppm is equal to  
HOFREQ[31:0] x R x 3.7427766E-8.  
where R = fMCLK / 204.8MHz and fMCLK is the nominal frequency of the DPLL’s master clock (see section 5.3). See  
section 5.6.1.6.  
Note: bit 0 at address 205h must be set to 1 for HOFREQ to behave as described.  
Register Name:  
HOFREQ2  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Holdover Frequency Register 2  
9Dh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
HOFREQ[15:8]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The HOFREQ1 to HOFREQ4 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Holdover Frequency (HOFREQ[15:8]). See the HOFREQ1 register description.  
Register Name:  
HOFREQ3  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Holdover Frequency Register 3  
9Eh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
HOFREQ[23:16]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The HOFREQ1 to HOFREQ4 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Holdover Frequency (HOFREQ[23:16]). See the HOFREQ1 register description.  
Register Name:  
HOFREQ4  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Holdover Frequency Register 4  
9Fh  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
HOFREQ[31:24]  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The HOFREQ1 to HOFREQ4 registers must be read consecutively and written consecutively. See section 6.1.4.  
Bits 7 to 0: Holdover Frequency (HOFREQ[31:24]). See the HOFREQ1 register description.  
90  
 
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
PBTIMER  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Phase Build-Out Timer Register  
24Ah  
Bit 7  
Bit 6  
Bit 5  
Bit 4  
Bit 3  
Bit 2  
PBTIMER[3:0]  
Bit 1  
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
Bits 3 to 0: Phase Build-Out Timer Register (PBTIMER[3:0]). This field specifies the delay before the phase  
build-out routine starts when switching to a new input clock. This field must be set appropriately for the type of local  
oscillator connected to the MCLKOSCP/N pins.  
0110 = TCXO or OCXO (default)long (2 second) delay to allow for large-amplitude input clock jitter  
1010 = XOshort (10ms) delay to minimize the effects of temperature changes on the XO  
91  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
6.3.7 DPLL and Input Block Status Registers  
Register Name:  
PLL1SR  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Status Register  
A0h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
PALARM  
0
Bit 3  
SOFT  
0
Bit 2  
Bit 1  
STATE[2:0]  
0
Bit 0  
Name  
Default  
0
1
Bit 4: DPLL Phase Alarm (PALARM). This real-time status bit indicates the state of the DPLL’s phase lock  
detector. See section 5.6.5. (NOTE: This is not the same as STATE = Locked.)  
0 = DPLL phase-lock parameters are met (as determined by DPLLCR5.NALOL, FLLOL, FLEN, CLEN)  
1 = DPLL loss of phase lock  
Bit 3: DPLL Frequency Soft Alarm (SOFT). This real-time status bit indicates whether or not the DPLL is tracking  
its reference within the soft alarm limits specified in the SOFTLIM register. See section 5.6.5.  
0 = No alarm; frequency is within the soft alarm limits  
1 = Soft alarm; frequency is outside the soft alarm limits  
Bits 2 to 0: DPLL Operating State (STATE[2:0]). This real-time status field indicates the current state of the  
DPLL state machine. Values not listed below correspond to invalid (unused) states. See section 5.6.1.  
001 = Free-run  
010 = Holdover  
100 = Locked  
101 = Prelocked 2  
110 = Prelocked  
111 = Loss-of-lock  
92  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
PLL1LSR  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Latched Status Register  
A1h  
Bit 7  
MCFAIL  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
STATE  
0
Bit 3  
SRFAIL  
0
Bit 2  
NOIN  
0
Bit 1  
PHMON  
0
Bit 0  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 7: MCLK Oscillator Failure (MCFAIL). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the device detects that the  
MCLKOSC signal is not toggling or is grossly off frequency. MCFAIL is cleared when written with a 1. After being  
cleared, MCFAIL is not set again if the MCLK signal remains grossly off frequency, but it is set again if the MCLK  
signal is not toggling at all. When MCFAIL is set it can cause an interrupt request if the PLL1IER.MCFAIL interrupt  
enable bit is set. See section 5.3.3.  
Bit 4: DPLL State Change (STATE). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the operating state of the DPLL  
changes. STATE is cleared when written with a 1 and not set again until the DPLL operating state changes again.  
When STATE is set it can cause an interrupt request if the PLL1IER.STATE interrupt enable bit is set. The urrent  
operating state can be read from PLL1SR.STATE. See section 5.6.1.  
Bit 3: DPLL Selected Reference Failed (SRFAIL). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the DPLL’s selected  
reference fails, (i.e., no clock edges in a few clock cycles). SRFAIL is cleared when written with a 1. When SRFAIL  
is set it can cause an interrupt request if the PLL1IER.SRFAIL interrupt enable bit is set. SRFAIL is not set in free-  
run or holdover states. See section 5.5.2.3.  
Bit 2: DPLL No Valid Inputs Alarm (NOIN). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the DPLL has no valid inputs  
available. NOIN is cleared when written with a 1 unless the DPLL still has no valid inputs available. When NOIN is  
set it can cause an interrupt request if the PLL1IER.NOIN interrupt enable bit is set.  
Bit 1: DPLL Phase Monitor Alarm (PHMON). This latched status bit is set to 1 when the DPLL’s phase monitor  
alarm limit (PHMON.PHMONLIM) has been exceeded. PHMON is cleared when written with a 1 and not set again  
until the threshold is exceeded again. When PHMON is set it can cause an interrupt request if the  
PLL1IER.PHMON interrupt enable bit is set. See section 5.6.6.  
Register Name:  
VALSR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Valid Status Register 1  
A2h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
0
Bit 1  
IC2  
0
Bit 0  
IC1  
0
Name  
Default  
Bits 1 to 0: Input Clock Valid Status (IC2, IC1). Each of these real-time status bits is set to 1 when the  
corresponding input clock is valid. An input is valid if it has no active alarms (HARD = 0, ACT = 0, LOCK = 0 in the  
ISR1 register). See also the ICLSR1 register and Section 5.5.2.  
0 = Invalid  
1 = Valid  
93  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
ICLSR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Latched Status Register 1  
A3h  
Bit 7  
1
Bit 6  
1
Bit 5  
1
Bit 4  
1
Bit 3  
1
Bit 2  
1
Bit 1  
IC2  
1
Bit 0  
IC1  
1
Name  
Default  
Bits 1 to 0: Input Clock Status Change (IC2, IC1). Each of these latched status bits is set to 1 when the  
corresponding VALSR1 status bit changes state (set or cleared). If soft frequency limit alarms are enabled  
(ICCR2.SOFTEN = 1), then each of these latched status bits is also set to 1 when the corresponding ISR.SOFT bit  
changes state (set or cleared). Each bit is cleared when written with a 1 and not set again until the VALSR1 bit (or  
SOFT bit) changes state again. When one of these latched status bits is set it can cause an interrupt request if the  
corresponding interrupt enable bit is set in the ICIER1 register. See section 5.5.2 for input clock  
validation/invalidation criteria.  
Register Name:  
ISR1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Status Register 1  
A4h  
Bit 7  
SOFT2  
0
Bit 6  
HARD2  
1
Bit 5  
ACT2  
1
Bit 4  
LOCK2  
0
Bit 3  
SOFT1  
0
Bit 2  
HARD1  
1
Bit 1  
ACT1  
1
Bit 0  
LOCK1  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 7: Soft Frequency Limit Alarm for Input Clock 2 (SOFT2). This bit has the same behavior as the SOFT1 bit  
but for the IC2 input clock.  
Bit 6: Hard Frequency Limit Alarm for Input Clock 2 (HARD2). This bit has the same behavior as the HARD1 bit  
but for the IC2 input clock.  
Bit 5: Activity Alarm for Input Clock 2 (ACT2). This bit has the same behavior as the ACT1 bit but for the IC2  
input clock.  
Bit 4: Phase Lock Alarm for Input Clock 2 (LOCK2). This bit has the same behavior as the LOCK1 bit but for the  
IC2 input clock.  
Bit 3: Soft Frequency Limit Alarm for Input Clock 1 (SOFT1). This real-time status bit indicates a soft frequency  
limit alarm for input clock 1. SOFT1 is set to 1 when the frequency of IC1 is greater than or equal to the soft limit  
set in the ICSLIM register. Soft alarms are disabled by default but can be enabled by setting ICCR2.SOFTEN = 1.  
A soft alarm does not invalidate an input clock. See section 5.5.2.1.  
Bit 2: Hard Frequency Limit Alarm for Input Clock 1 (HARD1). This real-time status bit indicates a hard  
frequency limit alarm for input clock 1. HARD1 is set to 1 when the frequency of IC1 is greater than or equal to the  
rejection hard limit set in the ICRHLIM register. HARD1 is set to 0 when the frequency of IC1 is less than or equal  
to the acceptance hard limit set in the ICAHLIM register. Hard alarms are enabled by default but can be disabled by  
setting ICCR2.HARDEN = 0. A hard alarm clears the IC1 status bit in the VALSR1 register, invalidating the IC1  
clock. See section 5.5.2.1.  
Bit 1: Activity Alarm for Input Clock 1 (ACT1). This real-time status bit is set to 1 when the leaky bucket  
accumulator for IC1 reaches the alarm threshold specified in the ICLBU register. An activity alarm clears the IC1  
status bit in the VALSR1 register, invalidating the IC1 clock. See section 5.5.2.2.  
Bit 0: Phase Lock Alarm for Input Clock 1 (LOCK1). This status bit is set to 1 if IC1 is the selected reference for  
the DPLL and the DPLL cannot lock to it within the duration specified in the PHLKTO register (default = 100  
seconds). A phase lock alarm clears the IC1 status bit in VALSR1, invalidating the IC1 clock. LOCK1 can be  
automatically cleared after a programmable timeout period specified in the LKATO register (default = 100  
seconds). System software can clear LOCK1 by writing 0 to it, but writing 1 is ignored. See section 5.6.1.4.  
94  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Register Name:  
PLL1IER  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
DPLL Interrupt Enable Register  
A6h  
Bit 7  
MCFAIL  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
STATE  
0
Bit 3  
SRFAIL  
0
Bit 2  
NOIN  
0
Bit 1  
PHMON  
0
Bit 0  
0
Name  
Default  
Bit 7: Interrupt Enable for MCLK Oscillator Failure (MCFAIL). This bit is an interrupt enable for the MCFAIL bit  
in the PLL1LSR register.  
0 = Mask the interrupt  
1 = Enable the interrupt  
Bit 4: Interrupt Enable for DPLL State Change (STATE). This bit is an interrupt enable for the STATE bit in the  
PLL1LSR register.  
0 = Mask the interrupt  
1 = Enable the interrupt  
Bit 3: Interrupt Enable for DPLL Selected Reference Failed (SRFAIL). This bit is an interrupt enable for the  
SRFAIL bit in the PLL1LSR register.  
0 = Mask the interrupt  
1 = Enable the interrupt  
Bit 2: Interrupt Enable for DPLL No Valid Inputs Alarm (NOIN). This bit is an interrupt enable for the NOIN bit in  
the PLL1LSR register.  
0 = Mask the interrupt  
1 = Enable the interrupt  
Bit 1: Interrupt Enable for DPLL Phase Monitor Alarm (PHMON). This bit is an interrupt enable for the PHMON  
bit in the PLL1LSR register.  
0 = Mask the interrupt  
1 = Enable the interrupt  
Register Name:  
ICIER1  
Register Description:  
Register Address:  
Input Clock Interrupt Enable Register 1  
A7h  
Bit 7  
0
Bit 6  
0
Bit 5  
0
Bit 4  
0
Bit 3  
0
Bit 2  
0
Bit 1  
IC2  
0
Bit 0  
IC1  
0
Name  
Default  
Bits 1 to 0: Interrupt Enable for Input Clock Status Change (IC2, IC1). Each of these bits is an interrupt enable  
control for the corresponding bit in the ICLSR1 register.  
0 = Mask the interrupt  
1 = Enable the interrupt  
95  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
7. JTAG and Boundary Scan  
7.1 JTAG Description  
The device supports the standard instruction codes SAMPLE/PRELOAD, BYPASS, and EXTEST. Optional public  
instructions included are HIGHZ, CLAMP, and IDCODE. Figure 7-1 shows a block diagram. The device contains  
the following items, which meet the requirements set by the IEEE 1149.1 Standard Test Access Port and Boundary  
Scan Architecture:  
Test Access Port (TAP)  
TAP Controller  
Instruction Register  
Bypass Register  
Boundary Scan Register  
Device Identification Register  
The TAP has the necessary interface pins, namely JTCLK, JTRST_N, JTDI, JTDO, and JTMS. Details on these  
pins can be found in Table 4-5. Details about the boundary scan architecture and the TAP can be found in  
IEEE 1149.1-1990, IEEE 1149.1a-1993, and IEEE 1149.1b-1994.  
Figure 7-1. JTAG Block Diagram  
BOUNDARY  
SCAN  
REGISTER  
DEVICE  
IDENTIFICATION  
REGISTER  
BYPASS  
REGISTER  
INSTRUCTION  
REGISTER  
SELECT  
TEST ACCESS PORT  
HIGH-Z  
CONTROLLER  
50k  
50k  
50k  
JTDI  
JTMS  
JTCLK  
JTRST_N  
JTDO  
96  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
7.2  
JTAG TAP Controller State Machine Description  
This section discusses the operation of the TAP controller state machine. The TAP controller is a finite state  
machine that responds to the logic level at JTMS on the rising edge of JTCLK. Each of the states denoted in  
Figure 7-2 is described in the following paragraphs.  
Test-Logic-Reset. Upon device power-up, the TAP controller starts in the Test-Logic-Reset state. The instruction  
register contains the IDCODE instruction. All system logic on the device operates normally.  
Run-Test-Idle. Run-Test-Idle is used between scan operations or during specific tests. The instruction register and  
all test registers remain idle.  
Select-DR-Scan. All test registers retain their previous state. With JTMS low, a rising edge of JTCLK moves the  
controller into the Capture-DR state and initiates a scan sequence. JTMS high moves the controller to the Select-  
IR-SCAN state.  
Capture-DR. Data can be parallel-loaded into the test register selected by the current instruction. If the instruction  
does not call for a parallel load or the selected test register does not allow parallel loads, the register remains at its  
current value. On the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller goes to the Shift-DR state if JTMS is low or to the Exit1-  
DR state if JTMS is high.  
Shift-DR. The test register selected by the current instruction is connected between JTDI and JTDO and data is  
shifted one stage toward the serial output on each rising edge of JTCLK. If a test register selected by the current  
instruction is not placed in the serial path, it maintains its previous state.  
Exit1-DR. While in this state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-DR state,  
which terminates the scanning process. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Pause-DR  
state.  
Pause-DR. Shifting of the test registers is halted while in this state. All test registers selected by the current  
instruction retain their previous state. The controller remains in this state while JTMS is low. A rising edge on  
JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Exit2-DR state.  
Exit2-DR. While in this state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-DR state  
and terminates the scanning process. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Shift-DR  
state.  
Update-DR. A falling edge on JTCLK while in the Update-DR state latches the data from the shift register path of  
the test registers into the data output latches. This prevents changes at the parallel output because of changes in  
the shift register. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Run-Test-Idle state. With JTMS  
high, the controller enters the Select-DR-Scan state.  
Select-IR-Scan. All test registers retain their previous state. The instruction register remains unchanged during this  
state. With JTMS low, a rising edge on JTCLK moves the controller into the Capture-IR state and initiates a scan  
sequence for the instruction register. JTMS high during a rising edge on JTCLK puts the controller back into the  
Test-Logic-Reset state.  
Capture-IR. The Capture-IR state is used to load the shift register in the instruction register with a fixed value. This  
value is loaded on the rising edge of JTCLK. If JTMS is high on the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the  
Exit1-IR state. If JTMS is low on the rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the Shift-IR state.  
Shift-IR. In this state, the instruction register’s shift register is connected between JTDI and JTDO and shifts data  
one stage for every rising edge of JTCLK toward the serial output. The parallel register and the test registers  
remain at their previous states. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high moves the controller to the Exit1-IR state.  
A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low keeps the controller in the Shift-IR state, while moving data one stage  
through the instruction shift register.  
97  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Exit1-IR. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Pause-IR state. If JTMS is high on the  
rising edge of JTCLK, the controller enters the Update-IR state and terminates the scanning process.  
Pause-IR. Shifting of the instruction register is halted temporarily. With JTMS high, a rising edge on JTCLK puts  
the controller in the Exit2-IR state. The controller remains in the Pause-IR state if JTMS is low during a rising edge  
on JTCLK.  
Exit2-IR. A rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS high puts the controller in the Update-IR state. The controller loops  
back to the Shift-IR state if JTMS is low during a rising edge of JTCLK in this state.  
Update-IR. The instruction shifted into the instruction shift register is latched into the parallel output on the falling  
edge of JTCLK as the controller enters this state. Once latched, this instruction becomes the current instruction. A  
rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low puts the controller in the Run-Test-Idle state. With JTMS high, the controller  
enters the Select-DR-Scan state.  
Figure 7-2. JTAG TAP Controller State Machine  
Test-Logic-Reset  
1
0
1
1
Select  
Select  
1
Run-Test/Idle  
DR-Scan  
IR-Scan  
0
0
0
1
1
Capture-DR  
0
Capture-IR  
0
Shift-DR  
1
Shift-IR  
1
0
1
0
1
Exit1- DR  
0
Exit1-IR  
0
Pause-DR  
1
Pause-IR  
1
0
0
0
0
Exit2-DR  
1
Exit2-IR  
1
Update-DR  
Update-IR  
1
0
1
0
98  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
7.3  
JTAG Instruction Register and Instructions  
The instruction register contains a shift register as well as a latched parallel output and is 3 bits in length. When the  
TAP controller enters the Shift-IR state, the instruction shift register is connected between JTDI and JTDO. While in  
the Shift-IR state, a rising edge on JTCLK with JTMS low shifts data one stage toward the serial output at JTDO. A  
rising edge on JTCLK in the Exit1-IR state or the Exit2-IR state with JTMS high moves the controller to the Update-  
IR state. The falling edge of that same JTCLK latches the data in the instruction shift register to the instruction  
parallel output. Table 7-1 shows the instructions supported and their respective operational binary codes.  
Table 7-1. JTAG Instruction Codes  
INSTRUCTIONS  
SAMPLE/PRELOAD  
BYPASS  
SELECTED REGISTER  
Boundary Scan  
Bypass  
INSTRUCTION CODES  
010  
111  
000  
011  
100  
001  
EXTEST  
CLAMP  
Boundary Scan  
Bypass  
HIGHZ  
Bypass  
IDCODE  
Device Identification  
SAMPLE/PRELOAD. SAMPLE/PRELOAD is a mandatory instruction for the IEEE 1149.1 specification. This  
instruction supports two functions. First, the digital I/Os of the device can be sampled at the boundary scan  
register, using the Capture-DR state, without interfering with the device’s normal operation. Second, data can be  
shifted into the boundary scan register through JTDI using the Shift-DR state.  
EXTEST. EXTEST allows testing of the interconnections to the device. When the EXTEST instruction is latched in  
the instruction register, the following actions occur: (1) Once the EXTEST instruction is enabled through the  
Update-IR state, the parallel outputs of the digital output pins are driven. (2) The boundary scan register is  
connected between JTDI and JTDO. (3) The Capture-DR state samples all digital inputs into the boundary scan  
register.  
BYPASS. When the BYPASS instruction is latched into the parallel instruction register, JTDI is connected to JTDO  
through the 1-bit bypass register. This allows data to pass from JTDI to JTDO without affecting the device’s normal  
operation.  
IDCODE. When the IDCODE instruction is latched into the parallel instruction register, the device identification  
register is selected. The device ID code is loaded into the device identification register on the rising edge of JTCLK,  
following entry into the Capture-DR state. Shift-DR can be used to shift the ID code out serially through JTDO.  
During Test-Logic-Reset, the ID code is forced into the instruction register’s parallel output.  
HIGHZ. All digital outputs are placed into a high-impedance state. The bypass register is connected between JTDI  
and JTDO.  
CLAMP. All digital output pins output data from the boundary scan parallel output while connecting the bypass  
register between JTDI and JTDO. The outputs do not change during the CLAMP instruction.  
99  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
7.4  
JTAG Test Registers  
IEEE 1149.1 requires a minimum of two test registersthe bypass register and the boundary scan register. An  
optional test register, the identification register, has been included in the device design. It is used with the IDCODE  
instruction and the Test-Logic-Reset state of the TAP controller.  
Bypass Register. This is a single 1-bit shift register used with the BYPASS, CLAMP, and HIGHZ instructions to  
provide a short path between JTDI and JTDO.  
Boundary Scan Register. This register contains a shift register path and a latched parallel output for control cells  
and digital I/O cells. BSDL files are available on the MAX24705/MAX24710 page of Microsemi’s website.  
Identification Register. This register contains a 32-bit shift register and a 32-bit latched parallel output. It is  
selected during the IDCODE instruction and when the TAP controller is in the Test-Logic-Reset state. The device  
identification code for the MAX24705 and MAX24710 are shown in Table 7-2.  
Table 7-2. JTAG ID Code  
DEVICE  
MAX24705  
MAX24710  
REVISION  
DEVICE CODE  
MANUFACTURER CODE  
00010100001  
REQUIRED  
Contact factory  
Contact factory  
0000 0000 1100 1010  
0000 0000 1100 1011  
1
1
00010100001  
100  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
8. Electrical Characteristics  
ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM RATINGS  
Voltage Range on Any Pin with Respect to VSS (except Power Supply Pins)........................................-0.3V to +5.5V  
Supply Voltage Range, Nominal 1.8V Supply with Respect to VSS ......................................................-0.3V to +1.98V  
Supply Voltage Range, Nominal 3.3V Supply with Respect to VSS ......................................................-0.3V to +3.63V  
Supply Voltage Range, VDDOx (x=A|B|C|D) with Respect to VSS .......................................................-0.3V to +3.63V  
Ambient Operating Temperature Range................................................................................................-40°C to +85°C  
Junction Operating Temperature Range .............................................................................................-40°C to +125°C  
Storage Temperature Range ...............................................................................................................-55°C to +125°C  
Soldering Temperature (reflow) .........................................................................................................................+260°C  
Stresses beyond those listed under “Absolute Maximum Ratings” may cause permanent damage to the device. These are stress ratings only,  
and functional operation of the device at these or any other conditions beyond those indicated in the operational sections of the specifications is  
not implied. Exposure to the absolute maximum rating conditions for extended periods may affect device. Ambient operating temperature range  
when device is mounted on a four-layer JEDEC test board with no airflow.  
Note 1: The typical values listed in the tables of Section 8 are not production tested.  
Note 2: Specifications to -40C are guaranteed by design and not production tested.  
Table 8-1. Recommended DC Operating Conditions  
PARAMETER  
Supply Voltage, Nominal 1.8V  
Supply Voltage, Nominal 3.3V  
SYMBOL CONDITIONS  
VDD18  
VDD33  
MIN  
1.71  
TYP  
1.8  
MAX  
1.89  
UNITS  
V
V
3.135  
3.3  
3.465  
1.5, 1.8,  
2.5, 3.3  
Supply Voltage, VDDOx (x=A|B|C|D)  
VDDOx  
1.425  
3.465  
V
Ambient Temperature Range  
Junction Temperature Range  
TA  
TJ  
-40  
-40  
+85  
°C  
°C  
+125  
Table 8-2. Electrical Characteristics: Supply Currents  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
PARAMETER  
SYMBOL CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP2  
375  
MAX  
441  
305  
575  
405  
UNITS  
mA  
MAX24705 Total Current, All 1.8V Supply Pins  
MAX24705 Total Current, All 3.3V Supply Pins  
MAX24710 Total Current, All 1.8V Supply Pins  
IDD18  
IDD33  
IDD18  
IDD33  
Note 1  
Note 1  
Note 1  
Note 1  
240  
mA  
465  
mA  
MAX24710 Total Current, All 3.3V Supply Pins  
1.8V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling APLL2  
3.3V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling APLL2  
330  
mA  
50  
75  
14  
90  
22  
16  
22  
8
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
mA  
IDD18APLL  
IDD33APLL  
IDD18ICB  
1.8V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling the Input Block  
1.8V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling the DPLL  
IDD18DPLL  
IDD18CML  
IDD33CML  
IDD18CMLN  
IDD33CMLN  
IDD18CMOS  
IDD33CMOS  
IDD18IN  
1.8V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling a CML Output, Standard Swing  
3.3V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling a CML Output, Standard Swing  
1.8V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling a CML Output, Narrow Swing  
3.3V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling a CML Output, Narrow Swing  
VDDO18x Supply Current Change from Enabling  
or Disabling a Pair of Single-Ended Outputs  
VDDOx Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling a Pair of Single-Ended Outputs  
1.8V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling an Input Clock  
8
6
6
101  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
PARAMETER  
SYMBOL CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP2  
MAX  
UNITS  
1.8V Supply Current Change from Enabling or  
Disabling the Crystal Oscillator  
4
mA  
IDD18DFS  
Note 1:  
Note 2:  
Max IDD measurements made with all blocks enabled, 750MHz signals on both inputs, and all outputs enabled as CML outputs  
driving 750MHz signals.  
Typical values measured at 1.80V and 3.30V supply voltages and 25C ambient temperature.  
Table 8-3. Electrical Characteristics: Non-Clock CMOS/TTL Pins  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
PARAMETER  
Input High Voltage  
SYMBOL  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
2.0  
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
VIH  
V
Input Low Voltage  
Input Leakage  
VIL  
0.8  
10  
V
IIL  
Note 1  
-10  
-85  
A  
A  
Input Leakage, Pins with Internal Pullup  
Resistor (50ktyp)  
Input Leakage, Pins with Internal Pulldown  
IILPU  
Note 1  
Note 1  
10  
IILPD  
-10  
85  
10  
A  
Resistor (50ktyp)  
Output Leakage (when High Impedance)  
Output High Voltage  
ILO  
VOH  
VOL  
CIN  
Note 1  
-10  
2.4  
A  
V
IO = -4.0mA  
IO = 4.0mA  
Output Low Voltage  
0.4  
V
Input Capacitance  
3
pF  
Note 1:  
0V < VIN < VDD33 for all other digital inputs.  
102  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table 8-4. Electrical Characteristics: Clock Inputs  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
PARAMETER  
Input Voltage Tolerance (ICPOS or ICNEG,  
Single-Ended)  
SYMBOL  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
VTOL  
Note 1  
0
VDD33  
V
Input Voltage Range, (ICPOS or ICNEG,  
Single-Ended)  
VIN  
|VID| = 100mV  
0
2.4  
V
Input Bias Voltage  
VCMI  
|VID|  
fI  
Note 2  
1.2  
V
V
Input Differential Voltage  
Input Frequency to Input block  
Note 3  
0.1  
1.4  
750  
160  
750  
160  
Differential  
MHz  
Input Frequency to Input block  
Input Frequency to APLL Mux  
Input Frequency to APLL Mux  
fI  
fI  
fI  
Single-Ended  
Differential  
MHz  
MHz  
MHz  
9.72  
9.72  
Single-Ended  
smaller  
of 3ns or  
0.3 x 1/ fI  
Minimum Input Clock High, Low Time  
Differential Input Capacitance  
tH, tL  
CID  
ns  
1.5  
pF  
Note 1:  
The device can tolerate voltages as specified in VTOL w.r.t. VSS on its ICxPOS and ICxNEG pins without being damaged.  
For differential input signals, proper operation of the input circuitry is only guaranteed when the other specifications in this table,  
including VIN, are met.  
For single-ended signals, the input circuitry accepts signals that meet the VIH and VIL specifications in Table 8-3 above (but with VIH  
max of VDD33).  
Note 2:  
Note 3:  
Note 4:  
See internal resistors in Figure 8-1. Other common mode voltages can be set using external resistors.  
VID=VICPOS VICNEG  
The differential inputs can easily be interfaced to LVDS, LVPECL, and CML outputs on neighboring ICs using a few external  
passive components. See Figure 8-1 and App Note HFAN-1.0 for details.  
Figure 8-1. Recommended External Components for Interfacing to Differential Inputs  
VDD_IO_33  
MAX247xx  
50  
ICnPOS  
+
Signal  
Source  
100  
Receiver  
-
50  
ICnNEG  
103  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table 8-5. Electrical Characteristics: CML Clock Outputs  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, VDDOx = 3.3V±5% (x=A|B|C|D); TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
PARAMETER  
Output Frequency  
SYMBOL  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
750  
UNITS  
MHz  
fOCML  
Output High Voltage (OCPOS or OCNEG,  
Singled-Ended)  
Output Low Voltage (OCPOS or OCNEG,  
Singled-Ended)  
VDDOx  
0.2  
VOH,S  
VOL,S  
VCM,S  
V
V
V
VDDOx  
0.6  
VDDOx  
0.4  
Standard Swing  
(OCCR2.OCSF=1),  
AC coupled to  
Output Common Mode Voltage  
50termination  
Differential Output Voltage  
|VOD,S  
|VOD,S,PP  
VOH,N  
|
320  
640  
400  
800  
VDDOx  
0.1  
500  
mV  
Differential Output Voltage Peak-to-Peak  
Output High Voltage (OCPOS or OCNEG,  
Singled-Ended)  
Output Low Voltage (OCPOS or OCNEG,  
Singled-Ended)  
|
1000  
mVP-P  
V
V
V
Narrow Swing  
(half the power)  
(OCCR2.OCSF=2),  
AC coupled to  
VDDOx  
0.3  
VDDOx  
0.2  
VOL,N  
Output Common Mode Voltage  
VCM,N  
|VOD,N  
|VOD,N,PP  
VDOS  
50termination  
Differential Output Voltage  
|
160  
320  
200  
400  
250  
500  
mV  
Differential Output Voltage Peak-to-Peak  
|
mVP-P  
Difference in Magnitude of Differential  
Voltage for Complementary States  
Output Rise/Fall Time  
Output Duty Cycle  
Output Duty Cycle  
50  
mV  
tR, tF  
20%-80%  
Notes 2  
Notes 3  
150  
50  
ps  
%
%
45  
40  
55  
60  
Single Ended, to  
VDDOx  
Output Impedance  
Mismatch in a pair  
ROUT  
50  
10  
%
ROUT  
Note 1:  
The differential CML outputs can easily be interfaced to LVDS, LVPECL, and CML outputs on neighboring ICs using a few  
external passive components. See Figure 8-2 and App Note HFAN-1.0 for details.  
Note 2:  
Note 3:  
For all HSDIV, MSDIV and OCDIV combinations other than those specified in Note 3.  
For the case when APLLCR1.HSDIV specifies a half divide and OCCR1.MSDIV=0 and OCDIV=0.  
1/fOCML  
VOCxPOS  
VOH  
VCM  
VOL  
|VOD  
|
VOCxNEG  
VOCxPOS - VOCxNEG  
0
|VOD,PP  
|
104  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Figure 8-2. Recommended External Components for Interfacing to CML Outputs  
MAX247xx  
VDD_APLLx_33  
k  
LVDS  
Receiver  
50  
50  
3.3V  
+
CML Tx  
-
MAX247xx  
82  
82  
VDD_APLLx_33  
LVPECL  
Receiver  
50  
50  
k  
+
CML Tx  
-
MAX247xx  
VDD_APLLx_33  
CML  
Receiver  
50  
50  
+
130  
130  
CML Tx  
-
can be AC or  
DC coupled  
Table 8-6. Electrical Characteristics: CMOS and HSTL (Class I) Clock Outputs  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, VDDOx = 1.425V to 3.465V (x=A|B|C|D);TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
PARAMETER  
Output Frequency  
SYMBOL  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
<<1Hz1  
TYP  
MAX  
160  
UNITS  
MHz  
fOCML  
VDDOx  
0.4  
VDDOx  
0.4  
Output High Voltage  
VOH  
VOL  
Notes 3, 4  
Notes 3, 4  
2pF load  
V
V
Output Low Voltage  
Output Rise/Fall Time, VDDOx=1.8V,  
OCCR2.DRIVE=4x  
Output Rise/Fall Time, VDDOx=1.8V,  
OCCR2.DRIVE=4x  
Output Rise/Fall Time, VDDOx=3.3V,  
OCCR2.DRIVE=1x  
0
tR, tF  
0.4  
1.2  
0.7  
2.2  
ns  
tR, tF  
tR, tF  
tR, tF  
15pF load  
2pF load  
15pF load  
ns  
ns  
ns  
Output Rise/Fall Time, VDDOx=3.3V,  
OCCR2.DRIVE=1x  
Output Duty-Cycle  
45  
50  
10  
55  
%
Output Current When Output Disabled  
OCCR2.OCSF=0  
A  
Note 1:  
Note 2:  
Guaranteed by design.  
Measured with a series resistor of 33and a 10pF load capacitance unless otherwise specified.  
Note 3:  
For HSTL Class I, VOH and VOL apply for both unterminated loads and for symmetrically terminated loads, i.e. 50to  
VDDOx/2.  
Note 4:  
For VDDOx=3.3V and OCCR2.DRIVE=1x, IO=4mA. For VDDOx=1.5V and OCCR2.DRIVE=4x, IO=8mA.  
105  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Interfacing to HCSL Components  
Outputs in HSTL mode with VDDOx=1.5V or VDDOx=1.8V can provide an HCSL signal (VOH typ. 0.75V) to a  
neighboring component when configured as shown in Figure 8-3 below. For VDDOx=1.5V the value of RS should  
be set to 30and OCCR2.DRIVE should be set to 4x. For VDDOx=1.8V the value of RS should be set to 20and  
OCCR2.DRIVE should be set to 2x.  
Figure 8-3. Recommended Confguration for Interfacing to HCSL Components  
MAX247xx  
Device with  
HCSL Input  
1.5V  
VDDOx  
POS  
HSTL Mode  
NEG  
RS  
RS  
50  
50  
POS  
NEG  
Table 8-7. Electrical Characteristics: Clock Output Timing  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
PARAMETER  
SYMBOL  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
APLL VCO Frequency Range  
fVCO  
3715  
4180  
MHz  
APLL Phase-Frequency Detector Compare  
Frequency  
tPFD  
9.72  
102.4  
MHz  
Table 8-8. Electrical Characteristics: Jitter Specifications  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
PARAMETER  
SYMBOL  
CONDITIONS  
Notes 1, 5  
Notes 1, 6  
Note 3  
MIN  
TYP  
0.36  
0.19  
MAX  
0.48  
0.35  
UNITS  
ps RMS  
ps RMS  
Hz  
Output Jitter, DPLL+APLL, 622.08MHz  
Output Jitter, APLL-Only, 622.08MHz  
Jitter Transfer Bandwidth, DPLL+APLL  
Jitter Transfer Bandwidth, APLL-Only  
Programmable: 0.1 to 400  
400  
Note 4  
kHz  
Note 1:  
Note 2:  
Jitter calculated from integrated phase noise from 12kHz to 20MHz.  
If DPLL is enabled and clocked from MCLKOSCP/N pins, the signal on MCLKOSCP/N has phase noise at 100kHz offset from the  
carrier -150dBc/Hz.  
DPLL damping factor is also programmable. Other DPLL bandwidths also available. Contact the factory for details.  
Note 3:  
Note 4:  
Note 5:  
APLL bandwidth and damping factor can be field configured over a limited range. Contact the factory for details.  
Tested with 51.2MHz MCLKOSC signal from production tester, 4096MHz APLL2 VCO frequency divided down to 204.8MHz DPLL  
master clock frequency. 77.76MHz DFS frequency to APLL1.  
Note 6:  
Tested with 77.76MHz from production tester, 3732.48MHz VCO frequency.  
106  
 
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table 8-9. Electrical Characteristics: Typical Output Jitter Performance, APLL Only  
APLL Locked to External 78.125MHz XO (Vectron VCC1-1540-78M12500), DPLL Disabled  
Output Jitter  
Output Jitter  
ps RMS  
APLL1 Output Frequency  
ps RMS  
0.18  
0.23  
0.27  
0.34  
0.28  
0.35  
0.30  
0.36  
0.29  
0.33  
0.19  
0.24  
0.23  
APLL2 Output Frequency  
625MHz  
156.25MHz  
125MHz  
25MHz CMOS  
622.08MHz  
155.52MHz  
APLL2 Disabled  
622.08MHz * 255/237  
155.52MHz * 255/237  
614.4MHz  
153.6MHz  
625MHz  
622.08MHz  
0.27  
0.38  
0.38  
156.25MHz  
155.52MHz  
156.25MHz  
156.25MHz * 66/64  
Table 8-10. Electrical Characteristics: Typical Output Jitter Performance, DPLL+APLL  
DPLL Locked to 25MHz Input on IC1, APLL1 Locked to DPLL  
98.304MHz XO (Vectron VCC1-1542-98M304) on MCLKOSCP/N  
to APLL2, 196.608MHz Master Clock from APLL2 to DPLL,  
70MHz DFS frequency to APLL1.  
20.48MHz Stratum 3 TCXO (Conner-Winfield MX602-20.48M) on  
MCLKOSCP/N to APLL2, 204.8MHz Master Clock from APLL2 to  
DPLL, 70MHz DFS frequency to APLL1.  
Output Jitter,  
Output Jitter,  
APLL1 Output Frequency  
625MHz  
156.25MHz  
125MHz  
25MHz CMOS  
622.08MHz  
ps RMS  
0.33  
0.39  
0.37  
0.45  
0.32  
0.39  
0.36  
0.40  
0.33  
0.38  
APLL1 Output Frequency  
625MHz  
156.25MHz  
125MHz  
25MHz CMOS  
622.08MHz  
ps RMS  
0.42  
0.47  
0.44  
0.52  
0.41  
0.47  
0.42  
0.48  
0.44  
0.48  
155.52MHz  
155.52MHz  
622.08MHz * 255/237  
155.52MHz * 255/237  
614.4MHz  
622.08MHz * 255/237  
155.52MHz * 255/237  
614.4MHz  
153.6MHz  
153.6MHz  
Note: All signals in Table 8-9 and Table 8-10 are differential unless otherwise stated. Jitter is integrated 12kHz to 5MHz for 25MHz output  
frequency and 12kHz to 20MHz for all other output frequencies.  
107  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table 8-11. Electrical Characteristics: Typical Input-to-Output Clock Delay  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
MODE  
DELAY, INPUT CLOCK EDGE TO OUTPUT CLOCK EDGE  
± 1 UI of APLL Output Clock (Output of HSDIV)  
For example if APLL output clock is 625MHz, then delay is ±1.6ns.  
Requires DPLLCR6.PBOEN=0 and OFFSET field set to -15 UI of the  
APLL output clock.  
DPLL+APLL Mode  
Delay can be tuned for all outputs traceable to the DPLL using the  
OFFSET field. Delay for an individual output can be tuned using the  
OCCR3.PHADJ field.  
non-deterministic but constant as long as the APLL remains locked and  
alignment is not changed by the APLLCR1.DALIGN and  
OCCR3.DALEN bits.  
APLL-Only Mode  
Table 8-12. Electrical Characteristics: Typical Output-to-Output Clock Delay  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C)  
MODE  
DELAY, OUTPUT CLOCK EDGE TO OUTPUT CLOCK EDGE  
<100ps  
DPLL+APLL or APLL-Only  
Requires use of APLLCR1.DALIGN and OCCR3.DALEN bits. See the  
register field descriptions for details.  
108  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table 8-13. Electrical Characteristics: SPI Interface Timing  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C) (See Figure 8-4.)  
CONDITIONS  
PARAMETER (Note 1, 2)  
SCLK Frequency  
SYMBOL  
fBUS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
UNITS  
MHz  
ns  
4
SCLK Cycle Time  
tCYC  
250  
125  
125  
100  
100  
30  
CS_N Setup to First SCLK Edge  
CS_N Hold Time After Last SCLK Edge  
SCLK High Time  
tSUC  
ns  
tHDC  
ns  
tCLKH  
tCLKL  
tSUI  
ns  
SCLK Low Time  
ns  
SDI Data Setup Time  
ns  
SDI Data Hold Time  
tHDI  
40  
ns  
SDO Enable Time (High-Impedance to  
Output Active)  
tEN  
0
ns  
SDO Disable Time (Output Active to High-  
Impedance)  
tDIS  
tDV  
25  
ns  
ns  
ns  
SDO Data Valid Time  
100  
SDO Data Hold Time After Update SCLK  
Edge  
tHDO  
5
Note 1:  
Note 2:  
All timing is specified with 100pF load on all SPI pins.  
All parameters in this table are guaranteed by design.  
Figure 8-4. SPI Interface Timing Diagram  
CS_N  
tHDC  
tSUC  
tCYC  
tCLKL  
SCLK  
tCLKH  
tSUI tHDI  
SDI  
tDV  
tDIS  
SDO  
tEN  
tHDO  
109  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Table 8-14. Electrical Characteristics: JTAG Interface Timing  
(1.8V Supplies: 1.8V 5%; 3.3V Supplies: 3.3V 5%, TA = -40°C to +85°C) (See Figure 8-5.)  
PARAMETER (Note 1)  
JTCLK Clock Frequency  
SYMBOL  
CONDITIONS  
MIN  
TYP  
MAX  
15.625  
UNITS  
MHz  
fJTAG  
JTCLK Clock Period  
t1  
t2/t3  
t4  
64  
32  
16  
16  
2
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
ns  
JTCLK Clock High/Low Time  
JTCLK to JTDI, JTMS Setup Time  
JTCLK to JTDI, JTMS Hold Time  
JTCLK to JTDO Delay  
Note 2  
t5  
t6  
16  
16  
JTCLK to JTDO High-Impedance Delay  
JTRST_N Width Low Time  
t7  
2
t8  
100  
Note 1:  
Note 2:  
All parameters in this table are guaranteed by design.  
Clock can be stopped high or low.  
Figure 8-5. JTAG Timing Diagram  
t1  
t2  
t3  
JTCLK  
t4  
t5  
JTDI, JTMS, JTRST_N  
t6  
t7  
JTDO  
t8  
JTRST_N  
110  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
9. Pin Assignments  
9.1 MAX24705 Pin Asssignment  
Table 9-1 below lists pin assignments sorted in alphabetical order by pin name. Figure 9-1 shows pin assignments  
arranged by pin number.  
Table 9-1. MAX24705 Pin Assignments Sorted by Signal Name  
PIN NAME  
PIN NUMBERS  
PIN NAME  
PIN NUMBERS  
CS_N  
B7  
A8  
B8  
A2  
B2  
B9  
A9  
B1  
A1  
B5  
C5  
B6  
C7  
C6  
A3  
B3  
E8  
E9  
F8  
F9  
H9  
J9  
VDD_33  
D7  
GPIO1  
VDD_APLL1_18  
VDD_APLL1_33  
VDD_APLL2_18  
VDD_APLL2_33  
VDD_DIG_18  
VDD_OC_18  
VDD_XO_18  
VDD_XO_33  
VDDO18A  
VDDO18B  
VDDO18C  
VDDO18D  
VDDOA  
E6  
GPIO2  
E7  
GPIO3  
E4  
GPIO4  
E3  
IC1NEG  
IC1POS  
IC2NEG  
IC2POS  
JTCLK  
D4, E5  
G3  
G5  
G6  
C9  
JTDI  
H6  
JTDO  
H4  
JTMS  
C1  
JTRST_N  
MCLKOSCP  
MCLKOSCN  
OC1NEG  
OC1POS  
OC2NEG  
OC2POS  
OC3NEG  
OC3POS  
OC8NEG  
OC8POS  
OC10NEG  
OC10POS  
RST_N  
SCLK  
D8  
VDDOB  
G8  
VDDOC  
G2  
VDDOD  
D2  
VSS_APLL1  
VSS_APLL2  
VSS_DIG  
VSS_OC  
F6, F7  
F3, F4  
D5, F5  
G4  
VSS_XO  
G7  
H1  
J1  
VSSOA  
D9  
VSSOB  
G9, J6  
E2  
E1  
C8  
A6  
A7  
A5  
C2  
D6  
VSSOC  
G1, J4  
VSSOD  
D1  
VSUB  
D3  
XIN  
H5  
SDI  
XOUT  
J5  
SDO  
N.C.  
F1, F2, H2, H3, H7, H8, J2, J3, J7, J8  
A4, B4, C3, C4  
TEST  
D.N.C.  
VDD_18  
111  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Figure 9-1. MAX24705 Pin Assignment Diagram  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IC2POS  
GPIO3  
MCLKOSCP  
D.N.C.  
SDO  
SCLK  
SDI  
GPIO1  
IC1POS  
A
B
C
D
E
F
IC2NEG  
VDDO18D  
VSSOD  
GPIO4  
TEST  
MCLKOSCN  
D.N.C.  
D.N.C.  
D.N.C.  
JTCLK  
JTDI  
JTDO  
CS_N  
JTMS  
GPIO2  
RST_N  
VDDOA  
OC1NEG  
OC2NEG  
VDDOB  
N.C.  
IC1NEG  
VDDO18A  
VSSOA  
JTRST_N  
VDD_18  
VDDOD  
OC10NEG  
N.C.  
VSUB  
VDD_DIG_18  
VSS_DIG  
VDD_DIG_18  
VSS_DIG  
VDD_XO_18  
XIN  
VDD_33  
VDD_APLL2  
_33  
VDD_APLL2  
_18  
VDD_APLL1  
_18  
VDD_APLL1  
_33  
OC10POS  
N.C.  
OC1POS  
OC2POS  
VSSOB  
VSS_APLL2  
VDD_OC_18  
N.C.  
VSS_APLL2  
VSS_OC  
VDDO18C  
VSSOC  
VSS_APLL1  
VDD_XO_33  
VDDO18B  
VSSOB  
VSS_APLL1  
VSS_XO  
N.C.  
VSSOC  
VDDOC  
N.C.  
G
H
J
OC8NEG  
OC8POS  
OC3NEG  
OC3POS  
N.C.  
N.C.  
XOUT  
N.C.  
N.C.  
Differential I/O (up to 750MHz)  
Low-Speed Digital I/O (10MHz)  
VDD 3.3V  
VDD 1.8V  
VSS  
APLL or XO VDD 3.3V  
APLL or XO VDD 1.8V  
APLL or XO VSS  
Output VDD 1.5-3.3V  
Output VDD 1.8V  
Output VSS  
Crystal I/O  
N.C. = No Connection. Lead is not connected to anything inside the device, or  
D.N.C. = Do Not Connect. Lead is internally connected. Do not connect anything to this lead.  
112  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
9.2  
MAX24710 Pin Asssignment  
Table 9-2 below lists pin assignments sorted in alphabetical order by pin name. Figure 9-2 shows pin assignments  
arranged by pin number.  
Table 9-2. MAX24710 Pin Assignments Sorted by Signal Name  
PIN NAME  
PIN NUMBERS  
PIN NAME  
PIN NUMBERS  
CS_N  
B7  
A8  
B8  
A2  
B2  
B9  
A9  
B1  
A1  
B5  
C5  
B6  
C7  
C6  
A3  
B3  
E8  
E9  
F8  
F9  
H9  
J9  
RST_N  
C8  
GPIO1  
SCLK  
A6  
GPIO2  
SDI  
A7  
GPIO3  
SDO  
A5  
GPIO4  
TEST  
C2  
IC1NEG  
IC1POS  
IC2NEG  
IC2POS  
JTCLK  
VDD_18  
D6  
VDD_33  
D7  
VDD_APLL1_18  
VDD_APLL1_33  
VDD_APLL2_18  
VDD_APLL2_33  
VDD_DIG_18  
VDD_OC_18  
VDD_XO_18  
VDD_XO_33  
VDDO18A  
VDDO18B  
VDDO18C  
VDDO18D  
VDDOA  
E6  
E7  
E4  
JTDI  
E3  
JTDO  
D4, E5  
G3  
JTMS  
JTRST_N  
MCLKOSCP  
MCLKOSCN  
OC1NEG  
OC1POS  
OC2NEG  
OC2POS  
OC3NEG  
OC3POS  
OC4NEG  
OC4POS  
OC5NEG  
OC5POS  
OC6NEG  
OC6POS  
OC7NEG  
OC7POS  
OC8NEG  
OC8POS  
OC9NEG  
OC9POS  
OC10NEG  
OC10POS  
G5  
G6  
C9  
H6  
H4  
C1  
D8  
VDDOB  
G8  
VDDOC  
G2  
H8  
J8  
VDDOD  
D2  
VSS_APLL1  
VSS_APLL2  
VSS_DIG  
VSS_OC  
VSS_XO  
VSSOA  
F6, F7  
F3, F4  
D5, F5  
G4  
H7  
J7  
H3  
J3  
G7  
H2  
J2  
D9  
VSSOB  
G9, J6  
G1, J4  
D1  
H1  
J1  
VSSOC  
VSSOD  
F2  
F1  
E2  
E1  
VSUB  
D3  
XIN  
H5  
XOUT  
J5  
D.N.C.  
A4, B4, C3, C4  
113  
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
Figure 9-2. MAX24710 Pin Assignment Diagram  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
IC2POS  
GPIO3  
MCLKOSCP  
D.N.C.  
SDO  
SCLK  
SDI  
GPIO1  
IC1POS  
A
B
C
D
E
F
IC2NEG  
VDDO18D  
VSSOD  
GPIO4  
TEST  
MCLKOSCN  
D.N.C.  
D.N.C.  
D.N.C.  
JTCLK  
JTDI  
JTDO  
CS_N  
JTMS  
GPIO2  
RST_N  
IC1NEG  
VDDO18A  
VSSOA  
JTRST_N  
VDD_18  
VDDOD  
OC10NEG  
OC9NEG  
VDDOC  
OC7NEG  
OC7POS  
VSUB  
VDD_DIG_18  
VSS_DIG  
VDD_DIG_18  
VSS_DIG  
VDD_XO_18  
XIN  
VDD_33  
VDDOA  
OC1NEG  
OC2NEG  
VDDOB  
OC4NEG  
OC4POS  
VDD_APLL2  
_33  
VDD_APLL2  
_18  
VDD_APLL1  
_18  
VDD_APLL1  
_33  
OC10POS  
OC9POS  
VSSOC  
OC1POS  
OC2POS  
VSSOB  
VSS_APLL2  
VDD_OC_18  
OC6NEG  
VSS_APLL2  
VSS_OC  
VDDO18C  
VSSOC  
VSS_APLL1  
VDD_XO_33  
VDDO18B  
VSSOB  
VSS_APLL1  
VSS_XO  
G
H
J
OC8NEG  
OC8POS  
OC5NEG  
OC5POS  
OC3NEG  
OC3POS  
OC6POS  
XOUT  
Differential I/O (up to 750MHz)  
Low-Speed Digital I/O (10MHz)  
VDD 3.3V  
VDD 1.8V  
VSS  
APLL or XO VDD 3.3V  
APLL or XO VDD 1.8V  
APLL or XO VSS  
Output VDD 1.5-3.3V  
Output VDD 1.8V  
Output VSS  
Crystal I/O  
N.C. = No Connection. Lead is not connected to anything inside the device, or  
D.N.C. = Do Not Connect. Lead is internally connected. Do not connect anything to this lead.  
114  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
10. Package and Thermal Information  
For the latest package outline information and land patterns contact Microsemi timing products technical support.  
PACKAGE TYPE  
PACKAGE CODE  
OUTLINE NO.  
LAND PATTERN  
81 CSBGA  
X8100M+4  
21-0360  
See IPC-7351  
10.1 Package Top Mark Format  
Figure 10-1. Non-Customized Device Top Mark  
LOGO  
LOGO  
M A X 2 4 7 0 5 E X G  
M A X 2 4 7 1 0 E X G  
e1  
e1  
F
R
F
R
Y Y W W A Z Z  
Y Y W W A Z Z  
Pin 1 corner  
Pin 1 corner  
Figure 10-2. Custom Factory-Programmed Device Top Mark  
LOGO  
LOGO  
M A X 2 4 7 0 5 E X G  
M A X 2 4 7 1 0 E X G  
e1  
e1  
F
R
F
R
Y Y W W A Z Z  
C C I D W P  
Y Y W W A Z Z  
C C I D W P  
Pin 1 corner  
Pin 1 corner  
Table 10-1. Package Top Mark Legend  
Line  
Characters  
Description  
1
MAX24705EXG or  
Part Number  
MAX24710EXG  
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
4
4
F
R
e1  
YY  
WW  
A
ZZ  
CCID  
WP  
Fab Code  
Product Revision Code  
Denotes Pb-Free Package  
Last Two Digits of the Year of Encapsulation  
Work Week of Assembly  
Assembly Location Code  
Assembly Lot Sequence Code  
Custom Programming Identification Code  
Work Week of Programming  
115  
 
 
MAX24705, MAX24710  
10.2 Thermal Specifications  
Table 10-2. CSBGA Package Thermal Properties  
PARAMETER  
SYMBOL  
CONDITIONS  
VALUE  
-40  
85  
UNITS  
C  
C  
C  
C  
TA  
TA  
TJ  
TJ  
Minimum Ambient Temperature  
Maximum Ambient Temperature  
Minimum Junction Temperature  
Maximum Junction Temperature  
-40  
125  
24.9  
22.7  
21.9  
14.1  
4.1  
still air,  
1m/s airflow  
2m/s airflow  
Junction to Ambient Thermal Resistance  
(Note 1)  
JA  
C/W  
Junction to Board Thermal Resistance  
Junction to Case Thermal Resistance  
JB  
JC  
C/W  
C/W  
still air,  
1m/s airflow  
2m/s airflow  
0.3  
0.4  
0.4  
Junction to Top-Center Thermal  
Characterization Parameter  
JT  
C/W  
Note 1:  
Theta-JA (JA) is the junction to ambient thermal resistance when the package is mounted on a six-layer JEDEC standard test  
board and dissipating maximum power.  
If the maximum ambient temperature seen by the device in the application is greater than 70C then care must be  
taken to keep the device’s junction temperature below the 125C max specification. In this case CML outputs  
should be configured for half-swing mode whenever possible, and air flow may be required, depending on which  
blocks in the device are enabled in the application. Microsemi offers the MAX24xxx Power and Thermal Calculator  
spreadsheet to calculate typical and worst-case power consumption and device junction temperature. Contact  
Microsemi applications support to request this spreadsheet.  
116  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
11. Acronyms and Abbreviations  
APLL  
BITS  
CML  
DFS  
DPLL  
EEC  
analog phase locked loop  
building integrated timing supply  
current mode logic  
digital frequency synthesis  
digital phase locked loop  
Ethernet equipment clock  
gigabit Ethernet  
GbE  
I/O  
input/output  
LVDS  
LVPECL  
MTIE  
OCXO  
PBO  
PFD  
low-voltage differential signal  
low-voltage positive emitter-coupled logic  
maximum time interval error  
oven controlled crystal oscillator  
phase build-out  
phase/frequency detector  
phase locked loop  
PLL  
ppb  
parts per billion  
ppm  
parts per million  
pk-pk  
RMS  
RO  
peak-to-peak  
root-mean-square  
read-only  
R/W  
read/write  
SDH  
SEC  
SETS  
SONET  
SSU  
STM  
TDEV  
TCXO  
UI  
synchronous digital hierarchy  
SDH equipment clock  
synchronous equipment timing source  
synchronous optical network  
synchronization supply unit  
synchronous transport module  
time deviation  
temperature-compensated crystal oscillator  
unit interval  
UIPP or UIP-P  
XO  
unit interval, peak to peak  
crystal oscillator  
117  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
12. Standards  
Table 12-1. Applicable Standards  
SPECIFICATION  
SPECIFICATION TITLE  
ANSI  
T1.101  
Synchronization Interface Standard, 1999  
ETSI  
Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic Requirements of Transport Functionality of  
Equipment; Part 6-1: Synchronization Layer Functions, v1.1.3 (1999-05)  
EN 300 417-6-1  
EN 300 462-3-1  
Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic Requirements for Synchronization Networks;  
Part 3-1: The Control of Jitter and Wander within Synchronization Networks, v1.1.1 (1998-05)  
Transmission and Multiplexing (TM); Generic Requirements for Synchronization Networks;  
Part 5-1: Timing Characteristics of Slave Clocks Suitable for Operation in Synchronous Digital  
Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment, v1.1.1 (1998-05)  
EN 300 462-5-1  
IEEE  
IEEE 1149.1  
ITU-T  
Standard Test Access Port and Boundary-Scan Architecture, 1990  
G.781  
Synchronization Layer Functions (06/1999)  
ITU G.783 Characteristics of Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) Equipment Functional  
Blocks (10/2000 plus Amendment 1 06/2002 and Corrigendum 2 03/2003)  
Timing Requirements of Slave Clocks Suitable for Use as Node Clocks in Synchronization  
Networks (06/1998)  
Timing characteristics of SDH equipment slave clocks (SEC) (03/2003)  
The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are Based on the 2048kbps  
Hierarchy (03/2000)  
G.783  
G.812  
G.813  
G.823  
The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are Based on the 1544kbps  
Hierarchy (03/2000)  
The Control of Jitter and Wander within Digital Networks which are Based on the  
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) (03/2000)  
G.824  
G.825  
G.8261  
G.8262  
Timing and Synchronization Aspects in Packet Networks (05/2006)  
Timing characteristics of Synchronous Ethernet Equipment slave clock (EEC) (07/2010)  
TELCORDIA  
GR-253-CORE  
GR-378-CORE  
SONET Transport Systems: Common Generic Criteria, Issue 3, September 2000  
Generic Requirements for Timing Signal Generators, Issue 2, February 1999  
Transport Systems Generic Requirements (TSGR) Common Requirements, Issue 2,  
December 1998  
GR-499-CORE  
GR-1244-CORE  
Clocks for the Synchronized Network: Common Generic Criteria, Issue 3, May 2005  
118  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
13. Data Sheet Revision History  
REVISION  
DATE  
DESCRIPTION  
29-Mar-2012 First preliminary data sheet released to customers.  
On page 1 and in section 3.3, reduced jitter numbers from “0.35 to 0.5ps and as low as 0.24ps”  
to “0.18 to 0.3ps RMS for an APLL-only integer multiply and 0.25 to 0.4ps RMS otherwise”  
In section 5.2.1 second paragraph and Table 8-8 changed typical APLL jitter transfer bandwidth  
from 200kHz to 400kHz.  
In Table 8-8, changed output jitter max from 0.6 to 0.48 ps RMS. Also added text to Note 5 to  
specify 204.8MHz DPLL master clock frequency and 77.76MHz DFS frequency.  
In Table 8-9 and Table 8-10 revised all numbers lower and specified XOs used for rev B jitter  
measurement.  
Edited the PLL1LSR.MCFAIL bit description to clarify behavior during continuing MCLK defects.  
Added 49.152MHz to Note 1 of Table 5-1 and added 98.304MHz to Table 5-2 and its Note 1.  
In section 5.2.2, section 5.3.3 and the MCR2.MCDIV, MCDNOM1 and MCINOM1 register  
descriptions changed the DPLL master clock range to 190MHz 208.333MHz.  
2013-02  
Edited the DFSCR1.DFSFREQ register field description to say DFS frequency choices are  
limited when the DPLL’s nominal master clock frequency is different than 204.8MHz.  
Edited FREQ, HOFREQ, MCFREQ, HRDLIM and SOFTLIM register descriptions to include the  
factor R = fMCLK / 204.8MHz in the equations to convert register values to ppm or ppb values.  
Changed the method for setting the MCAC field from table look-up to calculation to handle both  
the FMRES=0 and FMRES=1 cases.  
In the FMEAS register description, added text to specify the offset error if the DPLL’s nominal  
master clock frequency is not an integer multiple of 500Hz.  
In the ICCR3.FMONLEN description, clarified the existing options are for ICCR4.FMRES=0 and  
added the alternative options that are available when ICCR4.FMRES=1.  
2013-05  
2013-08  
In section 10 replaced the land pattern hyperlink with the recommendation to see IPC-7351.  
In Table 8-8, renamed spec “Output Jitter, 622.08MHz” to “Output Jitter, DPLL+APLL,  
622.08MHz” and added new spec “Output Jitter, APLL-Only, 622.08MHz”.  
In Table 8-9 heading, corrected typo: 50MHz to 78.125MHz.  
In Table 8-10 heading, corrected typo: 98.306MHz to 98.304MHz.  
Changed the constant in the HRDLIM register description from 1.2272 to 1.226433036 and  
changed the constant in the SOFTLIM register descripton from 0.3141632 to 0.313966857 to  
more accurate represent the implementation.  
In the JTRST_N pin description in Table 4-5 specified that JTRST_N should be held low during  
device power-up.  
Changed title to Any-to-Any.  
Edited section 5.5.1 to add “1MHz” to item 3.  
2014-08  
Edited the ICCR1 register description to say that <1MHz lock frequencies should not be used  
with input fractional scaling.  
In Table 8-5 changed differential output voltage symbols (regular and peak-to-peak) to have  
abosolute value bars and added definition figure below the table.  
In Table 8-6 corrected typo: changed VCCOx to VDDOx.  
Added section 10.1 to document package top mark.  
2014-10  
2015-06  
In section 5.5.1 third bullet, specified that input frequency must be 1MHz and must divide by at  
119  
MAX24705, MAX24710  
REVISION  
DATE  
DESCRIPTION  
least 4.  
Above Table 8-7 in the Interfacing to HCSL Components paragraph, added component values  
and settings for VDDOx=1.8V.  
Added content to the OFFSET register description to describe the need to avoid OFFSET0  
during DPLL state transition to Free-Run and to provide guidance on how to do that.  
2016-09  
Added a row for HOFREQ1-HOFREQ4 to the table in section 6.1.4 because it was mistakenly  
left out.  
2016-11  
2019-04  
In Table 8-14 updated JTAG interface timing from 1MHz to 15.625MHz.  
Change "+" to "2" in ordering part numbers.  
120  
Microsemi Corporation (Nasdaq: MSCC) offers a comprehensive portfolio of semiconductor  
and system solutions for communications, defense & security, aerospace and industrial  
markets. Products include high-performance and radiation-hardened analog mixed-signal  
integrated circuits, FPGAs, SoCs and ASICs; power management products; timing and  
synchronization devices and precise time solutions, setting the world’s standard for time;  
voice processing devices; RF solutions; discrete components; security technologies and  
scalable anti-tamper products; Power-over-Ethernet ICs and midspans; as well as custom  
design capabilities and services. Microsemi is headquartered in Aliso Viejo, Calif., and has  
approximately 3,400 employees globally. Learn more at www.microsemi.com.  
Microsemi Corporate Headquarters  
One Enterprise  
Aliso Viejo, CA 92656 USA  
Microsemi makes no warranty, representation, or guarantee regarding the information contained herein  
or the suitability of its products and services for any particular purpose, nor does Microsemi assume  
any liability whatsoever arising out of the application or use of any product or circuit. The products sold  
hereunder and any other products sold by Microsemi have been subject to limited testing and should  
not be used in conjunction with mission-critical equipment or applications. Any performance  
specifications are believed to be reliable but are not verified, and Buyer must conduct and complete all  
performance and other testing of the products, alone and together with, or installed in, any end-  
products. Buyer shall not rely on any data and performance specifications or parameters provided by  
Microsemi. It is the Buyer’s responsibility to independently determine suitability of any products and to  
test and verify the same. The information provided by Microsemi hereunder is provided “as is, where is”  
and with all faults, and the entire risk associated with such information is entirely with the Buyer.  
Microsemi does not grant, explicitly or implicitly, to any party any patent rights, licenses, or any other IP  
rights, whether with regard to such information itself or anything described by such information.  
Information provided in this document is proprietary to Microsemi, and Microsemi reserves the right to  
make any changes to the information in this document or to any products and services at any time  
without notice.  
Within the USA: +1 (800) 713-4113  
Outside the USA: +1 (949) 380-6100  
Sales: +1 (949) 380-6136  
Fax: +1 (949) 215-4996  
E-mail: sales.support@microsemi.com  
©2019 Microsemi Corporation. All  
rights reserved. Microsemi and the  
Microsemi logo are trademarks of  
Microsemi Corporation. All other  
trademarks and service marks are the  
property of their respective owners.  

相关型号:

MAX2470EUT

Buffer Amplifier, 1 Func, BIPolar, PDSO6, SOT-23, 6 PIN
MAXIM

MAX2470EUT+

Buffer Amplifier, 1 Func, PDSO6, SOT-23, 6 PIN
MAXIM

MAX2470EUT+T

Buffer Amplifier, 1 Func, BIPolar, PDSO6, SOT-23, 6 PIN
MAXIM

MAX2470EUT-T

10MHz to 500MHz VCO Buffer Amplifiers with Differential Outputs
MAXIM

MAX2470EVKIT

All Critical Peripheral Components Included
MAXIM

MAX2471

+2.5V to +5.5V.Low-Power.Single/Dual.8-Bit Voltage-Output DACs in µ.MAX Package[MAX548A/MAX549A/MAX550A/MAX548AC/D/MAX548ACPA/MAX548ACUA/MAX548ACUA-T/MAX548AEPA/MAX548AEUA/MAX548AEUA-T ]
MAXIM

MAX24710EXG+

Support Circuit, 1-Func, PBGA81, 10 X 10 MM, ROHS COMPLIANT, CSBGA-81
MICROSEMI

MAX24710EXG2

ATM/SONET/SDH IC,
MICROSEMI

MAX2471EUT+T

Buffer Amplifier, 1 Func, BIPolar, PDSO6, SOT-23, 6 PIN
MAXIM

MAX2471EUT-T

10MHz to 500MHz VCO Buffer Amplifiers with Differential Outputs
MAXIM

MAX2471EVKIT

Evaluation Kit for the MAX2470/MAX2471
MAXIM

MAX2472

500MHz to 2500MHz VCO Buffer Amplifiers
MAXIM